NEWSLETTERS

<body topmargin=0 leftmargin=0 marginheight=0 marginwidth=0> <table cellpadding=0 cellspacing=0 border=0><tr> <td valign="top" colspan=2 height=110 BGCOLOR="#0099FF" TEXT="#F7F7FF"> <div> <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FFFFCC" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="index.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE=" SHIMPANDO "><U><B>HOMEPAGE</B></U></A><B> </B></FONT><B>   | </B><B> </B><B> </B><B>  </B><FONT SIZE="6" COLOR="#FFFFFF" FACE="Arial" ><B> SHIMPANDO   </B></FONT></div> <div> <A HREF="id30.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="LATEST NEWS"><U><B>LATEST NEWS</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id17.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="SCHEDULE"><U><B>SCHEDULE</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id18.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="RULES"><U><B>RULES</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id19.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="HANDOUTS"><U><B>HANDOUTS</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id32.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="GENERAL HANDOUTS"><U><B>GENERAL HANDOUTS</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id20.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="ARTICLES"><U><B>ARTICLES</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><B>NEWSLETTERS</B><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id22.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="EDUCATION"><U><B>EDUCATION</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id23.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="EXAMINATIONS"><U><B>EXAMINATIONS</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id24.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="QUESTIONS"><U><B>QUESTIONS</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id29.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="EXPECTED BEHAVIORS"><U><B>EXPECTED BEHAVIORS</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id25.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="PICTURES"><U><B>PICTURES</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id26.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="VIDEOTAPE"><U><B>VIDEOTAPE</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id27.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="LINKS"><U><B>LINKS</B></U></A><B>   |   </B><A HREF="id28.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="EMAIL"><U><B>E-MAIL</B></U></A></div> <div> </div> </td> </tr><tr> <td valign="top" width=210 BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#080000" bgproperties="fixed" background="046f0f03.jpg"> <div> <B>NEWSLETTERS</B></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#july_2003" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>July 2003</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#june_2003" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>June 2003</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#april_2003" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>April 2003</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#march_2003" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>March 2003</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#february_2003" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>February 2003</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#january_2003" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>January 2003</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#december_2002" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>December 2002</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#october_2002" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>October 2002</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#september_2002" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>September 2002</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#august_2002" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>August 2002</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#july_2002" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>July 2002</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#june_2002" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>June 2002</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#may_2002" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>May 2002</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#april_2002" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>April 2002</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#march_2002" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>March 2002</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#february_2002" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>February 2002</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#january_2002" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>January 2002</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#november_2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>November 2001</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#october_2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>October 2001</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#september_2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>September 2001</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#aug__sept__2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>Aug.-Sept. 2001</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#august_2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>August 2001</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#july_2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>July 2001</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#june_2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>June 2001</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#may_2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>May 2001</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#april_2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>April 2001</B></U></A><B>      </B></div> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm#march_2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>March 2001</B></U></A></div> <div> <B> </B><A HREF="id21_m.htm#february_2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>February 2001</B></U></A></div> <div> <B> </B><B> </B><A HREF="id21_m.htm#january_2001" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>January 2001</B></U></A></div> <bR> <bR> <div> <A HREF="id21_m.htm" TARGET="TRLX_Middle" TITLE="NEWSLETTERS"><U><B>TOP</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id22.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="EDUCATION"><U><B>NEXT</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="id20.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="ARTICLES"><U><B>BACK</B></U></A></div> <div> <A HREF="index.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE=" SHIMPANDO "><U><B>HOMEPAGE</B></U></A></div> </td> <td valign="top" height=370 BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#080000" bgproperties="fixed" background="04594943.jpg"> <div>  <A NAME="july_2003"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A>SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                                  July 2003 (V3N7)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>ELABORATION ON SOME POINTS OF CLARIFICATION</B></div> <bR> <div> I have received a couple of Emails asking me to clarify a few of the topics, which were covered in the June Issue.</div> <bR> <div> TORI OUT WHILE THROWING</div> <bR> <div> This change came into existence  January 1, 2001 as per a IJF Referee Commission Ruling.  It removed paragraphs 2 and 5 from Article 9 Location under the Appendix,.  </div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>Article 9 states under  exceptions: </B></div> <bR> <div> When one contestant throws his opponent outside the contest area, but himself stays within the contest area long enough for the effectiveness of the technique to be clearly apparent, the technique shall be recognized.</div> <bR> <div> The operative words are "clearly apparent".  Paragraph a. (above) of Article 9 formerly Article 4 1967-1979 has actually survived word for word since the first official copy of the IJF rules published in 1967.  </div> <bR> <div>      When a throw is started with both contestants inside the contest area, but during the throw, the contestant being thrown moves outside the contest area, the action may be considered for point scoring purposes if the throwing action continues uninterrupted and the contestant executing the throw stays within the contest area long enough for the effectiveness of the action to be clearly apparent.</div> <bR> <div> Again the operative words "clearly apparent", play a crucial role in the interpretation of this rule.  There was confusion as to what this meant thirty-six years ago.</div> <bR> <div> The effectiveness of the technique is clearly apparent meant (for some, not the majority) when tori lifted uke in the air.  This meant that the first two parts (kuzushi and tsukuri) of the throw were completed..  So if tori were to step out during the flight phase (kake) of the throw, the throw would be valid.</div> <bR> <div> However, paragraph 2 has made it clear since 1982  (that is twenty-one years ago) that "clearly apparent" means when uke hits the mat.  Paragraph 5 has been clear since 1977 (twenty-six years ago). Basically, tori cannot step or touch outside until the fourth phase (kime) (impact) of the throw is achieved.</div> <bR> <div> I used the analogy of shooting a gun.  The effectiveness of the bullet is not clearly apparent until it hits the target.  This is the same with a throw.  The effectiveness if the throw is clearly apparent only when uke has impacted unto the mat.</div> <bR> <div> This second paragraph of the Article 9 Location (Main rule) was added sometime between 1970-1976.  I don't have a copy of any rulebooks from that period so I cannot confirm.</div> <div> I know the 1967 edition "didn't" have the second paragraph.  I know that the 1977 edition "does" have the second paragraph.</div> <bR> <div> Now onto the two paragraphs that were removed in January 1, 2001</div> <bR> <div> <B>Article 9 Appendix Paragraph 2</B></div> <div> In the case where Tori becomes airborne (i.e. he is in the air and no longer in contact with the mat) outside the contest area during the execution of a throw, the technique can only be considered valid for scoring purposes, if Uke lands before any part of Tori touches outside the contest area.</div> <bR> <div> This paragraph was added in 1982.  This clarified what "clearly apparent" meant in this particular situation.</div> <div> The IJF Referee Commission, Directing Committee and IJF Congress (1982) approved this interpretation.  They (2001 IJF Referee Commission) removed this paragraph because of the last line ", if Uke lands before any part of tori touches the contest area.".  This paragraph was removed January 1, 2001.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Article 9 Appendix Paragraph 5</B></div> <div> If the thrower falls outside the contest area whilst making a throw, the action will only be considered for scoring purposes where the opponent's body touches the mat before the thrower's. Therefore if a thrower's knee, hand or any other part of his body touches the safety area before his opponent's any result obtained thereby should be disregarded.</div> <bR> <div> This paragraph was added in the 1977.  This clarified what clearly apparent meant.  For me, it was very clear. Now we could go into a heated discussion on what "touches" means.  That is a story for another day.</div> <bR> <div> Reasons for removing these two paragraphs are sketchy at best.  Every time I hear an explanation, a year later I hear a completely different reason why something was changed, For some topics this has happened four and five times.</div> <div> The main reason (the latest that I have heard) why these paragraphs were removed.</div> <bR> <div> The IJF is making every effort to make Judo, spectator friendly.  The IOC threat of removing Judo from the Olympics is foremost in many of the minds of the higher ups in the IJF.  Therefore many of the rule changes or adjustments are directed to the goal (in their mind) of making Judo more action packed and spectator friendly.  This is the underlying reason for many of the changes.</div> <bR> <div> The problem is that it is "their" opinion that these changes would help make Judo more action packed.  Some have, many others have affected Judo negatively.</div> <bR> <div> Their (IJF-RC) opinion, which has some merit (however in my humble opinion it is a major change with little benefit), was that these throws should score to promote more active Judo.  The safety area was expanded a few years back for the Ne-waza outside rule change, so with this extra mat throws outside should be allowed.</div> <bR> <div> What this does for the referee is make the decision process for calling inside or outside even more complicated.</div> <bR> <div> THE OUTSIDE RULE AS IT IS APPLIED NOW.</div> <bR> <div> The effectiveness of the technique is clearly apparent means when tori lifted uke in the air.  This means that the first two parts (kuzushi and tsukuri) of the throw are to be completed.  So if tori were to step out during the flight phase (kake) of the throw, the throw would be valid.  If tori were to step out before the throw was started or during the unbalancing (kuzushi) phase or entry (tsukuri) phase the throw would NOT be valid if a throw occurred.</div> <bR> <div> Basically when uke's feet are in the air during a throw, tori can step out with supporting weight and the throw is still valid.</div> <div> It is interesting that there is still a raging debate as to what phase of the Kake (throw phase) can a throw still be valid if tori steps out with supporting weight. </div> <div> The Kake starts at the end of the Tsukuri, when the feet of uke lifts off the mat or when uke flys or starts to fall.  In some instances uke's foot or feet may not leave the mat and a score can be given.</div> <div> The debate is that many feel that only during the last half of the kake should a score be valid.  Some believe as soon as kake starts tori can step out and the throw is still valid.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>Throw Continuum</B></div> <bR> <div> <TABLE BORDER="2" CELLPADDING="1" CELLSPACING="1" WIDTH="676" BORDERCOLORLIGHT="#C0C0C0" BORDERCOLORDARK="#808080" FRAME="BOX" RULES="ALL" ALIGN="BOTTOM" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" > <tR> <tD VALIGN=TOP HEIGHT= 38 WIDTH="189"><div> Kuzushi</div> <div> Unbalancing phase</div> </tD> <tD VALIGN=TOP WIDTH="175"><div> Tsukuri</div> <div> Entry phase</div> </tD> <tD VALIGN=TOP WIDTH="199"><div> Kake</div> <div> Flight phase</div> </tD> <tD VALIGN=TOP WIDTH="88"><div> Kime</div> <div> Landing</div> </tD> </tR> </TABLE></div> <div>    [If tori steps out during these phases the throw is invalid.]  <FONT SIZE="5" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><B>^1          ^2               ^3</B></FONT></div> <bR> <div> Some (IJF-A's) feel at this point, tori can step out and the throw is valid for a score.  At any point prior to this if tori steps out the throw cannot be valid for scoring purposes.</div> <div> Some (IJF-A's) feel at this point tori can step out and the throw is valid for a score. However, if </div> <div> tori touches out during the initial part of kake then the throw in INVALID for scoring purposes.</div> <div> This is where since 1967 clarified in 1977 and again in 1982 tori can step out and the throw would be valid.  If tori touched out at any point prior to this point the throw would be invalid for scoring purposes.  (This definition was changed January 1, 2001)</div> <bR> <div> SUTEMI OUT AND THROW STILL VALID?</div> <bR> <div> <B>Article 9 Appendix Paragraph 4</B></div> <bR> <div> When performing sutemi-waza a throw is considered valid if the thrower has one half or more of his body within the contest area. (Therefore, neither foot of the thrower should leave the contest area before his back or hips touch the mat.)</div> <bR> <div> The above paragraph taken from the 1998 edition (latest published) was never removed as far as I am aware of. </div> <bR> <div> The IJF in their most recent Videotape throw series (2003 Korea) show an example of tori doing tomoe nage and sitting "completely outside", not as the rule states a throw is considered  "valid" if the thrower has one half or more of his body within the contest area.  The recommendation from the report from the IJF is to call a score for this throw.  (WOW!)</div> <bR> <div> I do not know if this is an oversight or a mistake or what.  It kind of falls in line with "call everything for the action", but it is another "massive" unnecessary rule change which will not save Judo from the chopping block.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>THE FOLLOWING IS A NOTICE THAT WAS EMAILED TO ALL NATIONAL REFEREE (May or June) RECENTLY.</B></div> <bR> <div> <B>Notice to US Referees      May 2003</B></div> <bR> <div> The following actions at the USA JUDO Spring Referee Commission Meeting are in force immediately. If you have any questions, please address them to the Referee Commission Secretary, Bill Graves at <FONT SIZE="2" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:refsec@cox.net" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:refsec@cox.net"><U><U>refsec@cox.net</U></U></A></FONT> </div> <bR> <div> 1. USA JUDO will continue to use the pre-2003 IJF medical visit rules at all Junior events and most Senior events. The current IJF medical visit rules will be in force at the Senior US Open. Major international senior tournaments held in the USA, such as the New York Open, are also eligible to be conducted under current IJF medical rules. Under current IJF rules, any other injury examination (such as a suspected knee injury) is cause for immediate disqualification (kiken-gachi). The two versions are summarized as follows:</div> <div> <U>Pre-2003 Medical Rule:</U> Up to two injury examinations are allowed per contestant despite the nature of the injury.</div> <div> <U>Current IJF Medical Rule:</U> Medical examination only to stop external bleeding, or head/neck (neurological) injury.</div> <div> <U>Aspects of IJF Medical Rule To Be Applied In All Events: </U>Lateral Referees (Corner Judges) are generally to remain seated during a medical visit. Up to two visits may be made to control bleeding at each new injury site (i.e. if an index finger knuckle is bleeding, it is a different site than a thumbnail injury.) </div> <div> <B><U>NOTICE TO TOURNAMENT DIRECTORS:</U></B><B> Tournament fliers should be clear about the medical rule to be used, i.e. `pre-2003 Medical Rules will be used.'</B></div> <bR> <div> 2. The Fall Classic will be limited to National Referees rated N-2 or higher for 2003. The Ladder Tournament will be held at the same venue during the same weekend, and is open to all active National Referees (or inactive National Referees who wish to return to active status, i.e. those who have been inactive for 4 years or less.)</div> <bR> <div> 3. National Referees who have been granted Inactive status and wish to return to Active status no longer need to request reinstatement in writing. To reactivate, an Inactive National Referee need only referee at an Examination /Evaluation site. Anyone who held a rating higher than N-3 can be reactivated at the prior rating by earning that rating at an Examination/Evaluation event, then working an event designated for the previously-held level while maintaining that rating average. Thus, an Inactive referee previously rated N-2 can reactivate at an Examination event, earn an N-2 rating, then work the Junior Olympics maintaining an N-2 average and be immediately returned to N-2. An N-1 could do the same thing at the same events, and be returned at N-2 status. However, if the previously-rated N-1 were to work the Senior Nationals instead of (or in addition to) the Junior Olympics, he or she would be returned at N-1 status.</div> <bR> <div> 4. Those National Referees who do not maintain the designated activity level (one credit or re-evaluation event per year) will be moved to Inactive status automatically. Previously, a Referee had to request such action. Failing that, the Referee was decertified. This does not change the automatic lowering of level if higher-rated National Referees do not work, at least every other year, at tournaments designated for that level. (See this link for information) <FONT SIZE="2" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="http://www.usjudo.org/refnotes/levels_tests_evaluations.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://www.usjudo.org/refnotes/levels_te"><U><U>http://www.usjudo.org/refnotes/levels_tests_evaluations.htm</U></U></A></FONT> </div> <bR> <div> 5. The US Referee Commission will follow the IJF Referee Commission ruling (reiterated by the IJF at the request of Chairman Appelbaum,) that the turban cannot be worn at USA JUDO sanctioned tournaments, or those designated by USA JUDO as Senior `E' level or Junior `D' level (or higher) events.</div> <bR> <div> 6. There are referees who also choose to both officiate and compete (in Masters or Senior shiai divisions, or Kata when such competition conflicts with the referee rotation) at Evaluation/Examination tournaments. Such referees will be given credit for having worked the event, but shall not be evaluated. The only exception to this is that referees are permitted to compete in the Masters division at the Senior National & Masters and International Kata Championships, and still receive an evaluation. (Since Kata competition at Senior Nationals does not normally conflict with referee rotation, it is not currently a factor.)</div> <bR> <div> 7. It is now the policy of the U.S. Referee Commission that the Jury should treat any direct hansoku-make ruling from an on-mat referee team as a disqualification. A Jury should not exercise discretion to allow a penalized player to continue in a division, even if, in the Jury's opinion, the penalty was not warranted. The Jury should consult with the on-mat team if the Jury holds the opinion that the penalty is not warranted. However, once the on-mat referee team returns a direct hansoku-make decision, further effort by the Jury to compromise that decision is inappropriate.</div> <div> END</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE RATING SYSTEM MISUNDERSTANDINGS</div> <bR> <div> Some National referees are not completely reading the memos and information that is forwarded to them by the United States Referee Commission (USRC) Secretary.</div> <bR> <div> When a National referee receives a rating of 2 at a credit/evaluation site that is the "recommendation" of the Evaluation/Examiner Team.  The examiners who watched you referee during that championships decided that your performance as a referee was good enough to be rated a 2.  This recommendation is forwarded in a report to the USRC Secretary who collates all the ratings from every evaluation site.  These ratings are reviewed and recommendations made to move a referee up, down or maintain their rating for the next year.  The meeting at which this takes place is held at the USRC meeting held in conjunction with the United States Open Championships.  </div> <bR> <div> There is a set formula as to whether a referee is moved up or down.  Years ago we (USRC) actually discussed every referee and their performance.  Now with the formula there is no need to as the whole USRC relies on the recommendation of each examining team.  The Commission continues to discuss individual referees whose performances are exceptional.  This includes the selection process for Regional (PJU-C), Continental (IJF-B) and International (IJF-A).</div> <bR> <div> The formula is outlined in procedures that have been sent to every National Referee.  Basically if a referee is a N3 and gets a 3 rating at one event and a 2 rating at another.  He will remain a 3.  If a referee is an N3 and gets a 2 at two events, then he will be moved up to N2.  If an N3 gets a 2 at one event he will move up to N2 the next year.  If an N3 received one 2 and two 3s.  They would remain a N3.</div> <bR> <div> Some time in late December or January National Referees are emailed a letter stating what their status is for the coming year.  So it is very important, if you change your email address you MUST inform Bill Graves, Secretary USRC of the change immediately.</div> <bR> <div> Another area of confusion is the fact that if you are rated a N2 you must meet the additional "Activity" requirement.  That is, you MUST referee at the High School/Collegiate National Championships or the National Junior Olympics at least ONCE every TWO years.  If you do not do this you lose the N2 rating at the beginning of the next year.  The quality of your refereeing may continue to be N2, however your referee skills must be tested in a challenging environment such as the two events mentioned above. </div> <bR> <div> Some National Referees that are rated N1, can be excellent referees, but if the only events they go to are the Continental Crown, AmCan, Liberty Bell, Mid West, Sensei Memorial or Swamp year after year, then they can only maintain a N3 status due to their not meeting the "Activity" requirements.  </div> <bR> <div> N1 referees MUST referee at the Senior Nationals or Junior Open at least ONCE every TWO years in order to maintain their N1 rating. N1s also have to referee at N2 sites like the HS/Collegiate or 2<FONT SIZE="1" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >nd</FONT>  day of the National Junior Olympics.</div> <bR> <div> There are three main components to maintaining your National Referee Rating.  The Performance Component requires continuing to maintain or improve one's performance as a referee at the events they are evaluated at.).  The Activity Component (requires participation in events commensurate with their skill levels (N2-High School/Collegiate Nationals and National Junior Olympics)(N1-Senior Nationals and Junior Open).  The Membership component requires that the National Referee maintain a current USJI membership.</div> <bR> <div> Credit only sites:  The USJA and USJF Junior National Championships are Credit only sites.  Referees are given credit for officiating however, no official reevaluation takes place at these event.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <bR> <div> WAIVE OFF OF WAZA-ARI AWASETE IPPON</div> <bR> <div> I recently received an inquiry about how a referee should wave off a Waza-ari awasete Ippon.</div> <bR> <div> Question: Referee calls wazari awasete ippon. Judges downgrade the waza-ari to yuko. </div> <div> a. referee waives off the waza-ari and signals yuko. </div> <div> b. referee waives off ippon, waives off waza-ari, and signals yuko. </div> <div> c. referee waives off ippon and signals yuko.</div> <div> d. none of the above answers are completely accurate, I will explain.</div> <bR> <div> The best answer is (d). Let me explain.  (c) is correct, however you are not waving off ippon you are waving off Waza-ari awasete Ippon.  Remember, if the change occurs properly the judges will have their yukos up within a second of the referee starting the waza-ari awasete ippon.  If the referee does his/her standard turn to view a judge s/he will see the yuko.  During this time the referee would then turn a little more to discreetly (hopefully with no discernable head turn) check the other judge by this time the Ippon gesture is up.  The ippon hand signal that the referee is displaying is the end of the waza-ari awasete ippon signal it is NOT an ippon signal.  Therefore, the referee will maintain the ippon gesture while waving his/her other arm above his/her head in the appropriate manner and then drop both arms to his/her side and gesture and say yuko.  The referee should NOT do another signal like a or b.  Both of these are against the maxim of Judo, Maximum efficiency with minimum effort.  The action taken by the referee is that of economy of movement (borrowed from the National Referee who sent in this question).   It is smooth, efficient and understood.</div> <div>  </div> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE</B></div> <div> The short version URL is no longer working to access the Shimpando Website. You will have to use the actual URL which is quite long.  Please click on the blue hyperlink just below to access the Shimpando Web Site and then save the site with the longer URL address. <A HREF="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/te"><U>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</U></A></div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>APRIL ANSWERS  </B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <div> <B>Responses to these questions were delayed due to the cancellation of the May Issue and the size of the June Issue.</B></div> <bR> <bR> <div> 27.  Blue applies a shime waza on the edge of the danger zone.  White is completely outside, blue is 75% outside.  White makes an action which causes blue to leave the contest area.  The referee calls Matte, the blue contestant stands up, but the white contestant doesn't move, upon closer observation white is unconscious. What is the referee to do?         (77)</div> <div>      a.  Call the medical person onto the mat to treat the unconscious contestant, indicate to the table free examination, which allows treatment.  When the contestant has recovered, he will take his place on the white mark and the contest will continue.  White was conscious during the act which caused them to go outside.  The white contestant went unconscious when he was out and therefore should not count against him.</div> <div>      b.  Call Ippon, then soremade.  Call the medical person to treat white, when white has recovered have him stand on his mark and indicate blue the winner.  Even though the referee missed the choke, the choke was effective prior to matte being called </div> <div>      c.  Call the medical person to treat white, then have a conference with the judges and determine how to handle this situation.  </div> <div> None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:   I have seen this many times.  It is hard to explain.  Uke had enough energy for one final leap to freedom and during that leap out s/he went unconscious.  The question of debate if there is one, is whether uke went unconscious prior to going out or after s/he has gone out.  I have seen (a), (b) and (c) occur.  I would recommend (d) as the answer.  (c) is the correct direction but because of the uniqueness of the situation it would be best to have the Jury provide additional guidance to the officials deliberations.  I have seen (a) and (b) done and the arguments for such actions were defended by the referee with what logic they had at the time.  It is best in this situation that the judges be consulted and then the jury before a decision is rendered.  The possible outcomes will be for white to be allowed to recover and continue or for ippon to be called and blue declared the winner.</div> <bR> <div> 28.  White is applying a shime waza, while on top of blue's back in ne-waza.  There is a lack of action and the referee calls Matte. White gets up and walks to his mark.  The blue contestant is unconscious.  What should the referee do? (78)</div> <div>       a.  Call the medical person onto the mat to treat the unconscious contestant, indicate to the table, free examination, which allows treatment.  When the contestant has recovered, he will take his place on the white mark and the contest will continue. The referee missed the choke and called Matte, therefore the choke can not count as it was recognized as effective after matte was called. </div> <div>       b.  Call Ippon, then soremade.  Call the medical person to treat white, when white has recovered have him stand on his mark and indicate blue the winner.  Even though the referee missed the choke, the choke was effective prior to matte being called.</div> <div>       c.  Call the medical person to treat white, then have a conference with the judges and determine how to handle this situation.</div> <div> None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  Similar to 28 though different because the choke was executed inside.  You would think I would say (d) was again the best answer, Using (c) as the basic first step with the addition of consultation with the jury if needed.  However, this matter can fairly and correctly be handled by (b).  The referee has missed the choke out.  When the referee calls matte and the white gets up, and blue remains on the mat without getting up, the referee would move closer to blue and ask him/her to get up.  Once the referee notices that blue is unconscious Ippon should be called and the doctor called. </div> <div> If you wish the (d) answer can also be appropriate especially for National Referees.  Consult with the judges if all three are in agreement then make the call.  If there is disagreement then a jury inquiry would be prudent. (a) is definitely not a valid choice.  In this case white should win by Ippon.</div> <bR> <div> 29.  The two contestants go to their marks on the mat.  They bow to each other and the referee announces Hajime.  White runs at blue and <B>before either contestant can get any grip</B>, blue executes a well timed De ashi barai, throwing with the foot only.  White is thrown onto his back with force and speed.  What should the referee do?(79)</div> <div>      a.  Call nothing and allow the action to continue.</div> <div>      b.  Call Ippon</div> <div>      c.  Call waza-ari. Even though the landing was ippon, the lack of control of the throw should warrant only waza-ari being scored.</div> <div>      d.  Call Matte and restart the contest.</div> <div> None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This is interesting and controversial.  I have seen this occur on two occasions that I can remember.  Prior to the most recent IJF Video, the majority of the IJF-A referees in the U.S. would say no score could be given because the tori didn't have a grip and therefore didn't have control.  The few A's that believed this could be a score believed that if tori could throw someone so cleanly with their foot, that the foot was controlling uke and if uke landed for Ippon it MUST be called.</div> <div> The IJF video does provide an example (93) of a throw being done where tori lets go of uke during a throw and the IJF recommends a score be given.  In this case tori did have a grip, but let go.  This in some minds is different than not having any grip at all.</div> <div> Just recently I had the occasion to ask some high ranking Japanese instructors about this situation and was told that in their opinion a tori can control his uke with his body movement and that the hands can be a part of the control but need not be.  They felt that if tori did a foot sweep with no hands, and uke fell largely on their back with force and speed that Ippon would be warranted.  Uke didn't fall by accident, tori caused uke to fall.  Tori's foot controlled uke to the ground (gravity helped).</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>JULY QUESTIONS </B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 30.  What does "largely on the back" mean in Article 20 - Ippon?     (80)</div> <div>      a.  More than 50% of the back must impact the tatami.</div> <div>      b.  More than 70% of the back must impact the tatami.</div> <div>      c.  Of the total percentage of parts of the body that impact the tatami, the back is the greatest.</div> <div>      d.  More than 30% of the back must impact the tatami.</div> <div>      e.  When in the opinion of the referee, a throw meets that criteria.                </div> <div>                                                                  </div> <bR> <div> 31.  The rule about bridging was specifically designed to discourage injury to the neck.  In many instances contestants are bridging the majority of their back off the mat just landing on the top side or back of the shoulder, the head and neck are not directly involved in the bridge.  What is your opinion on how to handle this shoulder bridge situation?  (81)</div> <div>      a.  As the neck and head are not involved, the referee should score any action on what actually impacts on the mat.</div> <div>      b.  The shoulder bridge situation should still be handled in the same fashion as a head and neck bridge.  It is still dangerous and too close to the neck to risk injury.</div> <div>      c.  As the shoulder bridge is one step removed from the neck, but there is still </div> <div> cause for safety concerns, the referee should give a score, one level below that of a throw in which the referee was to consider the shoulder bridge as a neck bridge.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> 32.  The contestants are in Ne-waza both struggling to secure a hold.  Both contestants manage to get to their knees facing each other and end up with a basic kumi kata. White begins to stand and then blue follows.  As blue's second knee lifts from the mat, white immediately executes uchi mata and throws blue with control, largely on his back with force and speed.  In you opinion, what should the referee do?          (82)</div> <div>      a.  The referee should have called Matte when white started standing.</div> <div>      b.  The referee should call Ippon for white.</div> <div>      c.  The referee should have called Matte when blue's second knee cleared the mat.</div> <div>      d.  The referee should have called Matte when blue's first knee lifted off the mat.</div> <div> The referee should have called Matte when white's second knee cleared the mat.</div> <bR> <div> Answers to 30, 31 and 32 will be in the next issue.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> National_Referee_Group</div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is:      <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><B>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</B></FONT>          if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>SOREMADE</B></div> <bR> <div>  <A NAME="june_2003"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                                    June 2003 (V3N6)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> The May issued was cancelled due to awaiting clarification on the changes, which have occurred to the rules.</div> <div> This June issue may take a while to review.  It is recommended that you print this out and take your time going through each part.  I have included the reports that I have received and include them without change.  Some administrative information has been deleted as it pertains to very few of us reading this newsletter. I do include my own comments (in blue).  The presentation of information is a bit disjointed, however that is how it came in.  Please read every report as some reveal clarity that was not covered in the other reports.</div> <div> Hopefully, a synopsis of these clarification can be developed for the next issue.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>CLARIFICATION OF THE INFORMATION CURRENTLY IN CIRCULATION.</B></div> <div> <B>There were six major areas of change which occurred for 2003.</B></div> <bR> <div> <B>Golden Score</B></div> <div> <B>We had been using this in 2002.  Clarification with regard to Osaekomi going the full 25 seconds occurred at the October 2002 U.S. Open meeting with Juan Carlos Barcos.  At the 2003 U.S.R.C. meeting in April 2003 clarification was provided with regard to tori during osaekomi being penalized (by shido) 11-24 seconds into the hold.  The penalty would decide the winner (It was the first score called.)  Therefore the Uke would win by koka.  The Tori would receive nothing for the partial hold down.</B></div> <bR> <div> <B>Kawazu gake</B></div> <div> The information on this topic has not changed.  Many, still seem not a grasp the parameters of when to penalize this situation when it occurs. It is good that the execution of this prohibited act is rarely done.</div> <bR> <div> Bow</div> <div> This change was very clear and has been introduced without any misunderstanding.  The referee is required to insure that the contestants bow <B>"properly"</B> at the colored marks on the mat before the contest begins and then again at the end of the contest when the winner is indicated.  Bowing at the edge of the contest area is no longer required, however, bowing at the edge is still encouraged and should continue to be taught in all Judo clubs.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Medical</B></div> <div> The 2003 Medical Procedure needs further clarification which is provided in the reports below.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Judges</B></div> <div> The judges should remain seated in Medical situations unless called by the referee or circumstance warrants the judges intervention.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Two Group Penalties -Light and Grave Infringements</B></div> <div> The only confusion on this was in the handling of the fourth shido.  This will be explained below in the reports.</div> <bR> <div> <B>REPORTS</B></div> <bR> <div> Recently several U.S. IJF-A Referees traveled to Korea for the IJF Referee Seminar (attendees being those who will referee at the 2003 World Championships.)  Several U.S. IJF-A referees traveled to several events in the Pan American Circuit attending referee clinics.  Most of the information is clear.  There are some differences of interpretation from meeting to meeting.   Some of the information has nothing to do with the rules but with IJF referee business.  I have included this for your edification.</div> <bR> <div> NOTES from the IJF Referee Referee Seminar       Korea  (Provided by Mr. N. Saito)</div> <bR> <div> <B>Video Review Comments and Discussion -</B></div> <bR> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Aria006c002d00dc00000000.gif" HEIGHT="15" WIDTH="79" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">With counters - there has to be control by <I>tori</I> and there has to be a technique.</div> <div> This can be a very long discussion for another day.  What I am reading above I understand and believe to be logical and true.  However, the 2003 IJF videotape of throws in instances covering these situations is wildly liberal in its interpretation.</div> <div>      - When <I>tori</I> attempts an action and <I>uke</I> goes down to his knees: as long as<I> tori</I> has an advantage, </div> <div>           the referee must give<I> tori</I> the opportunity to throw even though <I>uke</I> is on the knees (but not </div> <div>                too long on the knees with the action stopped.)</div> <div>      Same thing!  I agree with the above statement.  However the IJF Video examples of these cases is wildly liberal and of concern.</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Aria006c002d00dc00000000.gif" HEIGHT="15" WIDTH="79" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">Definition of bridge - to defend the throw with head and feet touching almost simultaneously.</div> <div> I have to explore this one.  Just when you think they have stopped tweaking, they decide to change a pillar of understanding that has stood for twenty years.</div> <div>      - With a grip that could be illegal, (ex. fingers inside the sleeve) the referee has to be sure that </div> <div>                they are inside.  If not, give the benefit of the doubt to contestant, without penalty.</div> <div>      This has always been the case.  </div> <div> - With action near the edge:  <I>uke</I> steps out before <I>tori</I> starts the throw inside, no score.</div> <div>           But if <I>tori</I> starts the throw inside, and during the action <I>uke</I> steps outside - score.</div> <div> This has been the case for several (at least 10) years.  However, what is different is that  when tori starts the throw inside and tori steps out during the throw the throw is still valid.  This started about two years ago.</div> <div>           In case of <I>sutemi waza</I> (<I>uranage</I>) even though <I>tori</I>'s back touches first outside, the throw </div> <div>      is already in effect and should be scored.</div> <div> This last item is very contrary to the wording in the rules and is changing a trend that has been in effect for for 33 years since the inception of the 1 meter danger area in 1972.</div> <bR> <div> <B>OTHER ITEMS</B></div> <bR> <div> Golden Score -</div> <div> •     In team competition there will be <I>hiki wake</I>s if tied, but if the team matches are tied at the      end, then the <I>hikiwake</I> match will be re-fought.</div> <div> Which one?  There could be several.  The first, second or last?</div> <div> •     At the Worlds, if there is a Golden Score, the scoreboard will be blank for 2 seconds at      the end of regulation.</div> <div> Then GOLDEN SCORE will flash or the board</div> <div> Then there will be a small `GS' on the board, above the time</div> <bR> <div> <I>Kawazugake</I> - Must be <I>Hansokumake</I></div> <bR> <div> 2 Group Penalties - <I>Shido</I> and <I>Hansokumake</I></div> <div> •     <I><B>Shido</B></I></div> <div>      -  When one contestant has 3 <I>shido</I>s and for the fourth. the two judges show a </div> <div>          penalty signal, there is <B>no</B> need for a conference to give <I>Hansokumake.</I></div> <div>                If only one judge shows a penalty signal and the referee agrees - <B>no</B> conference</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Aria006c002d00dcff000000.gif" HEIGHT="15" WIDTH="79" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">  When the referee wants to give a shido, s/he must have a conference in order to give the </div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Aria006c002d00dcff000000.gif" HEIGHT="15" WIDTH="79" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">  Hansoku  make.</div> <div> •     <I><B>Hansoku mak</B></I><I>e</I> - Dangerous or against the spirit of judo</div> <bR> <div> Bowing - Only 2 bows: at the beginning and at the end, but must be done well.</div> <bR> <div> Referee drawing system - will be used at Worlds and Olympics to select by computer the referees for the preliminary matches.  There will be an electronic board to display the numbers of the referees on-deck.</div> <bR> <div> Doctor's attention </div> <div> Only the referee has to check the doctor's actions.  The two judges can stay seated.</div> <div> Referee can call the doctor to check the contestant in the case of head or neck injuries and, if doctor clears the contestant, the contestant can continue.</div> <div> The doctor can come onto the mat in case of blood - but on the third time for the same occurrence, the contestant shall lose the contest.</div> <bR> <div> <B>FROM:  Dr. Narimatsu Report from 5/2003 Puerto Rico Championships</B></div> <bR> <div> <B>NEW MEDICAL RULES INTERPRETATION ON INJURY</B></div> <bR> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">During an injury where the player does not get up, the referee should tell the player to stand up and start the competition.  If they do not, player will be penalized with a shido for N/C.  The referee should tell the player to again rise.  If they do not, then the referee is to call the doctor to the mat.  They will then lose by kiken gachi.  In all situations, common sense must prevail to benefit the competitor.  </div> <div> This item was not discussed at the Korean IJF Seminar with the full IJF Referee Commission.  However, it was verified from further reports.  The watch words are common sense.  If a contestant is hurt (knee, ankle, elbow, etc.) the referee should allow the athlete "time" to stand and then walk to the mark and dress. This time will help the athlete regain his faculties.  This time will however, be controlled by the referee. When the athlete is asked to return to the mark to restart or asked if he needs a doctor and they is no response the referee must make a judgment.</div> <div>  If the athlete is "playing a game", "Attempting to rest in the opinion of the referee", then as mentioned above the referee should command the player to stand and move to the mark and continue the contest.  If the athlete does not comply, the referee MAY give a shido for non-combativity. (Personally, Non-combativity is the wrong category because technically non combativity cannot take place until kumi kata has been secured.  Avoiding taking hold is more appropriate.)  This of course is applied at the IJF Level.</div> <bR> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">There will be no more medical gestures.  It is too complicated now.  There will be only one signal to call the doctor. Open hand to the doctor as they come onto the mat, directing the hand towards the injured player.</div> <div> IJF events - no more medical gestures. U.S. domestic events Medical gestures (Medical Exam 1 and 2 and Free Examination) will continue to be used until further notice.</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">For the DQ of a player for injury, you will need agreement of the two judges.</div> <div> There must be a discussion with the judges when an athlete is to lose by kega make  (kiken gachi).</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">In situations of progressive penalties (SSS + S/H) there will no longer be a need for a conference on the 4<FONT SIZE="1" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >th</FONT> shido.</div> <div> This is different than what was stated at the Korean IJF Seminar.  The IJF-A referee who was in Korea at the IJF Referee Seminar also went to a PJU Referee Seminar after these seminars and clarified the matter.  If the judges call the 4<FONT SIZE="1" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" >th</FONT> shido, no conference necessary.  If one judge calls shido and the referee agrees no conference.  However, if the Referee wants to call the fourth shido a CONFERENCE IS NECESSARY.</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">Vomiting:  Should never happen.  This indicated a person is sick, therefore they are DQ'd</div> <div> DQ'd in this instance means loss by Kiken gachi.  The athlete will be able to continue if the scoring system allows it.</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">Menstruating Women: Since this is a natural event, the rules apply only as to bleeding on the Judogi.  They are to be taken to an area where they are to change and continue ASAP.</div> <div> This item was covered several years ago.</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">Team Competition: Hiki-wake will remain.  At the end of the last team match, if there is still a tie, the Hiki-wake match will be fought again in a Golden Score.  </div> <bR> <div> <B>From Benito Juarez Championships   Mexico    5/2003  (From Dr. K. Narimatsu)</B></div> <bR> <div> A referee clinic was again given by PJU Refereeing Director, Mr Carlos Diaz on Thursday, May 22, 2003.  It was essentially the same clinic given at each of the previous Circuit events.  Some added commentary is given as follows:</div> <bR> <div> Rationale for Article 29:  Medical Rule</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">The Medical Rule has not changed, just its interpretation.  Players will use the rules to their favor.  If this occurs and it is bad for the spirit of Judo, the rules have to be re-interpreted to prevent this from happening.  This is the rationale for this interpretation which is being used world wide except in the United States.</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">At the Junior Worlds in Jeju, there seemed to be sense of cooperation between doctor and player to give them a break at strategic times during the match for rest, air, etc.  The impression that this is a dangerous sport is emphasized when the doctor comes out on the mat.  There is an impression that players are trying to win a match using tactical strategies.  The new rule interpretation eliminates this problem.  </div> <div> This whole thing is another overreaction to a couple of situations.  This cooperation has always been the case.  In these cases the referee can easily remedy the matter.  The IJF must feel the referees didn't have the guts to rush the doctor.  A common practice of the best was when an athlete was injured and he procrastinated and you asked him to back to his mark and he delayed, we called the doctor for him and took one of his medical exams away.  This act in every case I was involved in changed that player's behavior.  When asked to move to the mark the next time that player moved quickly to the mark.</div> <bR> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">The attitude of the player is very important in evaluating whether a player needs a doctor or not.  For example, if a player does not get up immediately, the referee should tell the player to go back to the start position to begin the competition immediately.  If their attitude is just to rest, the referee has the option of giving a shido for N/C first.  If they still do not get up, then the referee must call the doctor and that player loses by kiken-gachi.  If the player gets up, but slowly, the referee should allow the player to get back to the start position with no penalty.  </div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">In all circumstances, COMMON SENSE must be the rule of the day.  </div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">Some further clarifications:</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c003e00f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">Bleeding from different areas are considered separate incidences and should be allowed 2 medical visits to control this.  On the third, player looses by kiken-gachi.</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c003e00f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">Nose bleeds are considered one incident.</div> <div> This is a clarifier.  Some earlier documents considered bleeding from the left or right nostril as different wounds.</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c003e00f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">Dislocations:  Players are allowed to  re-set themselves.</div> <div> The Korean IJF Referee Seminar mentioned specifically finger dislocations.  In any case, NO tape may be added.</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c003e00f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">Vomit is immediate kiken-gachi, but something must come out. </div> <div> This was implemented several years ago.</div> <bR> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c003e00f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">Medical boards with crosses will eventually become obsolete.</div> <div> At IJF events.</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c003e00f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">If a player loses by medical kiken-gachi, that player can come back with the doctor's permission.  If the doctor says the player cannot continue because of a head injury (concussion) or spinal/neck injury, then that player is out of the competition. </div> <div> This has always been the case. </div> <div> Referee Jury is to make sure the right player wins the match</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">In a situation where the referee gives the win to wrong player and the judges agree with the central referee, the jury should intervene. </div> <div> Interesting?  The Jury generally has intervened in the past in such situations.</div> <div> Metal Object:  </div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">If a referee notices a metal object on a player, the referee should remove the metal object, place it in their pocket and continue with the match.  Items such as rings, watches, name badges, elastic hair bands with metal would come under these guidelines. </div> <div> The U.S. made this ruling years ago.  Several of our referees continue to follow the letter of the law and not the spirit of the law.  I am glad that this IJF statement was made so that every referee will not penalize a player because they forgot to take their name tag off.  Any jewelry as mentioned above even if the contest has started should simply be removed.  No penalty is warranted.</div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">If a player comes out with metal underneath some tape (hiding the metal), that player would loose by Hansouku-make.  </div> <div> This would include knee or elbow braces that a considered hard objects.  </div> <div> <IMG BORDER="0" SRC="Symb075c00a800f000000000.gif" HEIGHT="16" WIDTH="24" ALIGN="bottom" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0">Even though this rule has been in effect for 4 years, some referees are still calling this wrong.  </div> <bR> <div> ***************************************</div> <div> <B>The following is the proposed new wording for Article 29 of the 2003 Refereeing Rules.  This document can be found at the IJF Web Site.   All United States referees must understand this is the new 2003 IJF rules.  We are not using them in U.S. domestic tournaments.</B></div> <bR> <div> <B>Article 29 -- Injury, illness or accident                    (2003)      </B></div> <bR> <div> The standard type is the wording of this Article, which has been retained from the 1998 version of the IJF rules.  The bold and italicized type indicates word changes made in 2003.  The blue type indicates my (Richard Celotto's) comments about the changes.</div> <bR> <div> The decision of <I><B>kachi </B></I>where one contestant is unable to continue because of injury, illness or accident during the contest shall be given by the referee after consultation with the judges according to the following clauses:</div> <div>  (a) Injury</div> <div>      i)    Where the cause of the injury is attributed to the injured contestant he shall lose the contest.</div> <div>      ii)   Where the cause of the injury is attributed to the uninjured contestant the uninjured contestant shall </div> <div>  lose the contest.</div> <div> <FONT SIZE="2" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >iii)     Where it is impossible to determine the cause of injury to either contestant</FONT><B>,</B><I><B> the contestant </B></I></div> <div> <I><B>          unable to continue will lose the contest.)</B></I></div> <div> <B>This is a long time coming change.  It use to say the referee may call Hiki wake.  We never did.  We always gave the win to the contestant who could continue.  So after 20 years this rule actually reflects what we have been doing all along.</B></div> <div>  (b) Sickness</div> <div> Generally, where one contestant is taken sick during a contest and is unable to continue, he shall lose</div> <div> the contest.</div> <div> <B>This was elaborated on recently with regard to vomiting.  The meaning of "taken sick" is far more encompassing then just vomiting.  However, the IJF RC decided that if a contestant vomits (something must come out) this alone would be grounds for that contestant to lose the contest.  Of course if the medical personnel deems the contestant fit to continue that athlete may continue in the competition in future contests if the scoring system will allow it.</B></div> <div> (c) Accident</div> <div> Where an accident occurs which is due to an outside influence <FONT SIZE="2" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Bookman Old Style" ><I><B>(force majeure), after consulting </B></I></FONT></div> <div> <I><B>with the Referee Commission , the contest can be considered canceled or postponed.  In those cases of `force majeure', the Sports Director will be making the last decision. </B></I></div> <div> This was never fully explained to most.  It has to do with "outside influence".  Those are very important words.  For instance, a lamp unit in the ceiling falls onto one of the players (like that could happen?) or a player is attacked by a bat (mammal not baseball).  This actually happened.  I saw  players attacked by a swarm of bees.  Anything from the outside that causes one player or both to be incapacitated should be considered under this rule.  This rule use to say to call Hiki wake.  Now the IJF RC wishes the contest to be "canceled of postponed".  How is this to be procedurally done?  The outcome of this unusual contest is now in the hands of the Sports Director.</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <I>Medical Examinations</I></div> <div> <I><B>The referee may call the doctor to attend to the contestant in cases where an injury of major impact occurs to the head or the back (vertebral column), or whenever the referee has any reasonable doubts of any major or grave injury.  In this case the doctor will examine the contestant in the shortest amount of time possible, indicating to the referee whether the contestant may or may not continue.</B></I></div> <div> <B>The IJF has been dwelling on head and back injury however they cover themselves with the above wording "or whenever the referee has any reasonable doubts of any major or grave injury".  It is common sense that if an athletes leg snaps off you would probably stop the contest and call a doctor.</B></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>The contestant may ask the referee for medical intervention, but in this case the contest is terminated, declaring a loss by Kiken gachi.</B></I></div> <div> <B>In U.S. domestic events this will only be counted as one of the Medical Examinations.</B></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>The doctor may also ask for intervention to his contestant, but in this case the contest is terminated, declaring a loss by Kiken gachi.</B></I></div> <div> <B>The above is different wording, but the 1998 rules (Pre 2003) which will be used in the U.S. is exactly the same.  Doctor intervenes player loses by Kiken gachi!</B></div> <bR> <div> If the accredited team doctor after an examination of an injured contest(s), advises the referees that the contestant(s) cannot continue the contest, the referee after consultation with the judges, shall end the contest and indicate the <FONT SIZE="2" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Bookman Old Style" ><I>result of Kiken gachi.</I></FONT></div> <bR> <bR> <div> <I>If after an injury to one or both of the contestants, the referee shall end the contest and indicate the result of Kiken gachi.</I></div> <bR> <div> <B>BLEEDING INJURY</B></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>When a bleeding injury occurs, the referee will call the doctor to assist the contestant with the intention of stopping and isolate the blood.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>In cases of blood, the referee for safety measures will call for the doctor as many times as necessary, it is not allowed to compete when bleeding.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>The same bleeding injury, may be treated by the doctor on (2) two occasions.  The (3) third time that the same bleeding injury is reproduced, the referees (after previous consultation) should consider stopping the contest with the intention of protecting the contestant's integrity.  In this case the injured contestant should be declared the loser by Kiken gachi.</B></I></div> <div> <I><B>In any case where the blood is not contained and isolated, the injured contestant should be declared the loser by Kiken gachi.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> <I>Minor Injury or Lesion</I></div> <div> <I><B>For example in cases of a dislocated finger, the referee should stop the contest (by calling Matte or Sonomama) and allow the contestant to reset the dislocated finger.  This action should be done immediately and the contest should continue.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>The contestant should be allowed to reset the same finger on (2) two occasions.  If for the third time the same injury is reproduced, it should be considered that the contestant is in no condition to continue the contest therefore, terminating the contest declaring the contestant a loser by Kiken gachi.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> <B>APPENDIX Article 29 - Injury, illness or accident</B></div> <bR> <div> Generally only one doctor for each contestant is allowed on the competition area. Should a doctor require assistance the referee must first be informed.  The coach is never allowed on the competition area. </div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <I>Medical Assistance</I></div> <div> <B>When a doctor (when asked by the referee) intervenes with a contestant, the assistance should be given in the least amount of time as possible.</B></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>Examples:</B></I></div> <div> <I><B>In the case of a broken nail, the doctor is allowed to assist in cutting the nail.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>The doctor may also help in adjusting a scrotum injury (testicles).</B></I></div> <div> <B>These minor incidents were not covered at the IJF clinics.  The wording exists above allowing a doctor to handle these situations.  Are they bringing back "free touch"?  How are these situations to be handled at the IJF level?  We know at U.S. domestic events we will allow the doctor on in these instances and call for a Medical Examination.</B></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>When the doctor intervenes (when asked by the contestant) the referee should consider the contest terminated and announce `Soremade', the doctor should attend the injured contestant who will then lose by Kiken gachi.</B></I></div> <div> <B>This is a redundant statement, which supports a previous paragraph earlier in this Article.</B></div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <I>Medical intervention in a bleeding injury</I></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>For safety measures, whenever there is blood it should always be completely isolated by means of adhesive tape, bandage, and nasal tampon.  It is allowed to use blood clotters and hemostatic products.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>Note:  With the exception of the above situations, if the doctor applies any treatment, the opponent will win by Kiken gachi.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> If during the contest Uke is injured due to an action by Tori and Uke cannot continue, the refereeing team should analyze the case and decide according to the rules.  Each case is decided on its own merits.</div> <bR> <div> <I><B>In the case where Tori during an intentional action causes injury to Uke, the penalty that will be applied to Tori should be a direct Hansoku Make, apart from any other disposition that may be taken by the Sports Commission and Tournament Director.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> In the case that a doctor, responsible for a contestant in this fight, clearly realizes - especially in the case of strangling technique that there is a serious danger of the health of his contestant, he can go to the edge of the tatami and call upon the referees to immediately stop the contest.  The referees have to take all the necessary steps in order to assist the doctor.  Such an intervention will consequently mean the loss of the contest and should therefore only be adopted in extreme cases.</div> <bR> <div> At the IJF Championships, the official team doctor should have a medical degree and must register prior to the competition. He is the only person allowed to sit at the designated area and must be so identified. e.g. wear a red cross arm-band.</div> <bR> <div> When accrediting a doctor for their team, the National Federations must take the responsibility for the actions of their doctors.</div> <bR> <div> The doctors must be informed about the amendments and interpretations of the rules.</div> <bR> <div> A meeting conducted by the IJF Refereeing Director will be organized for the team doctors, prior to any IJF Championships.</div> <bR> <div> ***************************************</div> <bR> <div> <B>HANDLING THE U.S. MEDICAL PROCEDURE WITH THE ADDITION OF THE TWO VISITS PER BLEEDING WOUND.</B></div> <bR> <div> At all domestic U.S. events (excluding United States Open and New York Open) we will continue to use the "Pre 2003" Medical Procedure.  This includes the continued use of the Medical Examination and Free Examination gestures.  However, a part of the current IJF 2003 Medical Procedure <B>MUST</B> also be incorporated into the process.  That is that all bleeding wounds are allowed two visits.  The procedural method of how to incorporate this was never reviewed.  So the following is what a few of us IJF-A's decided at the recent Am-Can.  It seemed logical at the time.</div> <bR> <div> This process can sound wildly complicated, however if you think it through it is very simple.  We must first start with the premise that the probability of someone bleeding from more than one site or even two during the same contest is astronomical.  Think about it.  In all the contests you have fought in, watched, coached or refereed have you ever seen someone bleed from two or three different places.  It is very very rare.</div> <div> To act in accordance with the Pre 2003 Medical Procedure rule any bleeding would is considered a Medical Examination.  As we all know the Minor incident "Free touch" situation was removed from the Medical rules in October 1999 as related by IJF Referee Commission Meeting Minutes.</div> <bR> <div> Basically, the first bleeding wound that occurs MUST be recorded as a Medical Examination. For example if the blue contestant gets a bloody nose the referee will call the doctor and when the doctor arrives and begins stopping the bleeding, the referee will indicate to the table "first medical examination."  Now as the contest continues if blue were to injure his knee, if he needed medical, the referee would stop the contest and call the doctor.  When the doctor arrived and begins examining the knee, the referee would indicate "second medical examination".  As before, no manipulation may take place.  No treatment is allowed.  This would simply be an examination to determine whether the athlete can continue.</div> <div> Now if the blue player were to begin bleeding from his nose again. The contest would be stopped and the doctor called to stop the bleeding.  In this case, as it is the second visit to the same bleeding site, it is free..  There is no gesture.  The referee must make a mental note of this medical intervention.  If the nose bleeds again (third visit) then the contest is over. As it is Kiken gachi the judgment should be quickly consulted before rendering the decision as the rules require.</div> <div>  If the blue contestant were to bleed from a head wound suffered by the heads of the competitors colliding then this bleeding incident would be a first time intervention for a new bleeding site.  The doctor would stop the bleeding by using tape or bandage, etc.  There would be no gesture and the referee would have to make a mental note of this intervention.  This would apply to all bleeding wounds If the blue contestant was again injure, lets say to his head (possible concussion)  then this would be the third examination and that athlete would lose.  It would not matter if he could continue.  It would be the third visit.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <bR> <div>  <A NAME="april_2003"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                                  April 2003 (V3N4)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> GOLDEN SCORE OSAEKOMI PROBLEM CLARIFIED.</div> <div>    </div> <div> Situations which were brought up in the previous issue. (If blue has osaekomi for 11-24 seconds and then places his fingers inside the uke's sleeve (shido) for whatever reason.  Who wins?  Even though blue could have a Koka or Yuko or even a Waza-ari, the shido penalty called would end the hold.  Would it end the Contest?) </div> <div> <I>The United States Referee Commission discussed this at their recent meeting in Las Vegas (April 2003).  In the case, where tori has an osaekomi and at any time from 11-24 seconds tori commits a prohibited act, the penalty act will cause the tori to lose.</I></div> <bR> <div> <I>It will follow the basic tenet that the "First score called wins."  </I></div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>VARIATIONS ON A THEME</B></div> <div> If blue has an osaekomi and white escapes and holds blue immediately with the valid osaekomi at 9 seconds that contest should be allowed to continue and the referee should call toketa for blue and then osaekomi for white.</div> <bR> <div> If blue has osaekomi on white and white escapes at 11-24 seconds and immediately places blue into an osaekomi, the referee should call toketa and then Matte.  Upon the call of toketa for blue, blue now has a score and therefore wins.  The Sudden Death Overtime contest is over.</div> <bR> <div> Interestingly enough at the Liberty Bell Classic I saw four Golden Score Hantei. We were told that the IJF statistics showed out of 5000 contests only three went to Golden Score Hantei.  There were only a little under 900 contests at the Liberty Bell.  Interesting?</div> <bR> <div> This Sudden Death Overtime is accepted by coaches and players as a better process than flags.  However, acceptance of Golden Score comes with its inherent weaknesses.  At the recent New York Open several high level contests ended with a penalty in the overtime period.  This was a great concern for some.  Is there anything (viable and feasible) that can remedy this?  IJF statistics were, in Golden Score 80% ended in positive scores only 20% with penalties.  This was no comfort for those that lost and their supporters by a penalty</div> <bR> <div> <B>HANDLING CONTESTS WITH SIGHT IMPAIRED AND SIGHT/HEARING IMPAIRED JUDO ATHLETES.</B></div> <bR> <div> <B>Check this Web Site out.  It has all the modifications for handling contests with blind and blind/deaf Judo athletes. </B><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="http://www.ibsa.es/eng/deportes/judo/reglamento.htm" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://www.ibsa.es/eng/deportes/judo/reg"><U><B><U>http://www.ibsa.es/eng/deportes/judo/reglamento.htm</U></B></U></A></FONT></div> <div> Using these rules will standardize the proper conduct of such contests.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> AM-CAN REFEREE SEMINAR </div> <div> This year the 31<FONT SIZE="1" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >st</FONT> Annual Am-Can International Judo Challenge will be held May 24 and 25, 2003.  This event is a National Referee Examination Site and Reevaluation Site.  This is the largest perennial Championships in the United States with over 800 competitors and eight competition areas.</div> <div> All National Referees are welcome.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Friday May 23 there will be an All Day 9:30 AM-5:30 PM Referee Workshop/Seminar</B>  held at the Am-Can Competition Venue  State University of New York at Buffalo-Alumni Arena.  The Workshop will be conducted by Mr. Richard Celotto, Dr. Sachio Ashida and Mr. Russ Scherer.  There will be a review of rules changes.  A more in depth look at some of the changes, videotape score analysis and some On the Mat activities.  If you will be attending, you must contact Mr. Bob Hyder at <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:AmCanRef@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:AmCanRef@aol.com"><U><U>AmCanRef@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT> and inform him you will be attending the Workshop and which days you will be refereeing.  All referees and coaches are invited. </div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE</B></div> <div> The short version URL is no longer working to access the Shimpando Website. You will have to use the actual URL which is quite long.  Please click on the blue hyperlink just below to access the Shimpando Web Site and then save the site with the longer URL address. <A HREF="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/te"><U>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</U></A></div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B> MARCH ANSWERS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 24.  Do you believe there are different levels of kinsa?  (74)</div> <div>        a.  Yes!  There are different levels of kinsa, however the referee should not pigeon hole each attack into a specific slot.  The referee must take into account the overall kinsas of both contestants and determine the winner based on the referee's experience and feeling of the superior contestant.</div> <div>        b.  No !  Kinsa is kinsa, as koka is koka.  There is only one kinsa and should be recognized each time it occurs</div> <div>        c.  Yes!  There are many levels of kinsa and each valid attack should be evaluated at its level and the contestant with the most higher level attacks should win the contest.</div> <div>       d.  No!   Judgment for hantei is based on difference of attitude, skill and effectiveness of techniques.</div> <div> Yes!  There are two levels.  Big kinsas and little kinsas.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This question explores the historical perspective of a part of refereeing which use to take place frequently but now has been relegated to a minor, however still important part of the referees repertoire of abilities.  As National referees I hope that all of you are familiar with the word "kinsa".  Kinsa is not found in the IJF Rules.  Kinsa refers to "slight advantage or advantage".  </div> <bR> <div> The simplest answer in this complicated topic is "c".  One cannot go wrong if one uses the cardinal rule of hantei, which is "Quality vs. Quantity".  "a" is the proverbial "zen" answer.  Quoted by those who haven't explored the process of kinsa deeply, but who may have a lot of experience (osmosis learning).  "b" actually is an answer I received from one of the "A" referees.  However, the large majority do agree that there are levels of kinsa.  "d' the first part is wrong.  However the second sentence is almost word for word what the rules say.  "e" is not correct, because there are more levels of kinsa than just big ones and little ones.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> 25.  There are two basic forms of Hadaka jime. The old form had the inside edge of the right wrist up against the throat.  The little finger side of the choking hand was placed in the bend of the left elbow and the left hand was placed behind uke's head. Is this form of Hadaka jime still allowed to be used in contest today.       (75)</div> <div>      a.  Yes!</div> <div> No!</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:   The "old form" even though not used much, any more, still is allowed.  "a" is the answer.  Concern with this technique is the pressure the tori can apply to the neck, which can cause injury to the muscle and bones of the neck.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> 26.  During blue's execution of a Ken ken o uchi gari (hopping) the horn sounds to end the contest, you have decided that any action will be valid within reason, however immediately following the horn (0.4 seconds) blue does a renraku waza attack of Ko uchi gari.  Should the second throw of the combination technique be valid?  </div> <div>      a.  Yes!  As long as continuity of the action is intact.</div> <div>      b.  No!   The renraku action started after the horn and there fore the throw is invalid.</div> <div>      c. Yes!  If the referee feels the renraku technique will impact the ground within a reasonable time it should be allowed.</div> <div> None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  "b" is the best answer.  Even though it is a combination technique, the actual second technique didn't start prior or during the sounding of the audible device and therefore that second, follow up technique would NOT be considered valid.  </div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B> APRIL QUESTIONS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 27.  Blue applies a shime waza on the edge of the danger zone.  White is completely outside, blue is 75% outside.  White makes an action which causes blue to leave the contest area.  The referee calls Matte, the blue contestant stands up, but the white contestant doesn't move, upon closer observation white is unconscious. What is the referee to do?         (77)</div> <div>      a.  Call the medical person onto the mat to treat the unconscious contestant, indicate to the table free examination, which allows treatment.  When the contestant has recovered, he will take his place on the white mark and the contest will continue.  White was conscious during the act which caused them to go outside.  The white contestant went unconscious when he was out and therefore should not count against him.</div> <div>      b.  Call Ippon, then soremade.  Call the medical person to treat white, when white has recovered have him stand on his mark and indicate red/blue the winner.  Even though the referee missed the choke, the choke was effective prior to matte being called </div> <div>      c.  Call the medical person to treat white, then have a conference with the judges and determine how to handle this situation.  </div> <div>      d.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 28.  White is applying a shime waza, while on top of blue's back in ne-waza.  There is a lack of action and the referee calls Matte. White gets up and walks to his mark.  The blue contestant is unconscious.  What should the referee do? (78)</div> <div>       a.  Call the medical person onto the mat to treat the unconscious contestant, indicate to the table, free examination, which allows treatment.  When the contestant has recovered, he will take his place on the white mark and the contest will continue. The referee missed the choke and called Matte, therefore the choke can not count as it was recognized as effective after matte was called. </div> <div>       b.  Call Ippon, then soremade.  Call the medical person to treat white, when white has recovered have him stand on his mark and indicate red/blue the winner.  Even though the referee missed the choke, the choke was effective prior to matte being called.</div> <div>       c.  Call the medical person to treat white, then have a conference with the judges and determine how to handle this situation.</div> <div>      d.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 29.  The two contestants go to their marks on the mat.  They bow to each other and the referee announces Hajime.  White runs at blue and <B>before either contestant can get any grip</B>, blue executes a well timed De ashi barai, throwing with the foot only.  White is thrown onto his back with force and speed.  What should the referee do?(79)</div> <div>      a.  Call nothing and allow the action to continue.</div> <div>      b.  Call Ippon</div> <div>      c.  Call waza-ari. Even though the landing was ippon, the lack of control of the throw should warrant only waza-ari being scored.</div> <div>      d.  Call Matte and restart the contest.</div> <div> None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> Answers to 27, 28 and 29 will be in the May Issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> National_Referee_Group</div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is:      <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><B>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</B></FONT>          if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> SOREMADE</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div>  <A NAME="march_2003"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                                March 2003 (V3N3)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> <B>GOLDEN SCORE OSAEKOMI PROBLEMS</B></div> <div> Situations which were brought up in the previous issue. (If blue has osaekomi for 11-24 seconds and then places his fingers inside the uke's sleeve (shido) for whatever reason.  Who wins?  Even though blue could have a Koka or Yuko or even a Waza-ari, the shido penalty called would end the hold.  Would it end the Contest?) This will be discussed at high levels and a final consensus will be reached and you will be informed.  It is a very rare situation.  With Golden Score so new, incidences will take time to occur.  </div> <bR> <div> Interestingly enough at the Liberty Bell Classic I saw four Golden Score Hantei. We were told that the IJF statistics were out of 5000 contests only three went to Golden Score Hantei.  Interesting?</div> <bR> <div> This Sudden Death Overtime is accepted by coaches and players as a better process than flags.  However, acceptance of Golden Score comes with its inherent weaknesses.  At the recent New York Open several high level contests ended with a penalty in the overtime period.  This was a great concern for some.  Is there anything (viable and feasible) that can remedy this?  IJF statistics were, in Golden Score 80% ended in positive scores only 20% with penalties.  </div> <bR> <div> <B>REST PERIOD</B></div> <div> I have received several emails and calls with reference to what is the allowable rest period between contests for an athlete.  The IJF rules specifically state in Article 10, that a contestant will have 10 minutes.</div> <div> Some Local and Regional events have continued to use 5 minutes, but this is made clear to the contestants.</div> <div> When a contest ends for a player, the 10 minute clock starts, whether it is 2- five minute contests or 5- two minute contests or 10 one minutes contests or any combination, that player is allowed 10 minutes total time to rest in International, National, International and top Regional events.  </div> <bR> <div> <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><B>AM</B></FONT><B>-</B><FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#FF3366" FACE="Arial" ><B>CAN</B></FONT><B> REFEREE SEMINAR</B><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" > </FONT></div> <div> This year the 31<FONT SIZE="1" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >st</FONT> Annual Am-Can International Judo Challenge will be held May 24 and 25, 2003.  This event is a National Referee Examination Site and Reevaluation Site.  This is the largest perennial Championships in the United States with over 800 competitors and eight competition areas.</div> <div> All National Referees are welcome.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Friday May 23 there will be an All Day 9:30 AM-5:30 PM Referee Workshop/Seminar</B>  held at the Am-Can Competition Venue  State University of New York at Buffalo-Alumni Arena.  The Workshop will be conducted by Mr. Richard Celotto, Dr. Sachio Ashida and Mr. Russ Scherer.  There will be a review of rules changes.  A more in depth look at some of the changes, videotape score analysis and some On the Mat activities.  If you will be attending, you must contact Mr. Bob Hyder at <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:AmCanRef@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:AmCanRef@aol.com"><U><U>AmCanRef@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT> and inform him you will be attending the Workshop and which days you will be refereeing.  All referees and coaches are invited. </div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE</B></div> <div> The short version URL is no longer working to access the Shimpando Website. You will have to use the actual URL which is quite long.  Please click on the blue hyperlink just below to access the Shimpando Web Site and then save the site with the longer URL address. <A HREF="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/te"><U>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</U></A></div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>FEBRUARY ANSWERS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> When deciding advantage for a Hantei situation, what significance do you believe ne-waza should have? (71)</div> <div> a.  No advantage. </div> <div> b..  If there was not an actual hold taking place (1-9 seconds).Ne-waza situations should count. If one contestant causes the other to be almost in a hold, or almost submit from a shime or kansetsu waza.</div> <div> c.  The amount of time one contestant is in control of the other in ne-waza should be taken into account when deciding the winner.</div> <div> d.  The amount of time one contestant is on top of the other contestant (riding time) in ne-waza should be taken into account when deciding a winner.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  Somewhat moot with Sudden Death Overtime, but hantei is still possible, however remote.  Most referees never discuss this topic in any significant detail.  They do not really discuss hantei. I have asked many of the IJF-A referees what weight ne-waza plays in the judgment of Hantei situations.  I received a myriad of different opinions. This question should be discussed as it entails a great many variables.  "a" is not a good answer. "d" is very debatable because in Judo, being on the bottom can be an advantage to some players.  Some believe that if a hold (osaekomi) does not take place even for a second there can be no advantage in ne-waza.  So "d" is not very viable in most senior referees minds.  However most related in my words "almost" in a hold, a choke or an armlock should count as advantage in the decision making process of hantei.  This supports "b" as a viable answer. The "b" answer was poorly worded however contains some truth.  "c" was a problem for most as they wanted to see actual hold downs, near chokes and near armlocks.  "e" would be probably the best answer as elements of "b", "c"and "d" are all viable responses.  For a clearer explanation review of this topic is necessary at a seminar or workshop.</div> <bR> <div> A player grips with a pistol grip at the end of the sleeve.  What should the referee do? (99-2)</div> <div> a.  Allow the action to continue.</div> <div> b.  Wait for five seconds and then stop the contest and penalize the offender with shido.</div> <div> c.  Immediately stop the contest and penalize the offender with shido.</div> <div> d.  Allow the player a second or two to readjust, if they do not, stop the contest and penalize the offender with shido.</div> <div> e.  The player should not be allowed on the mat with a weapon.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  "a' is not an option. "b" is  not an option.  "e" is in certain States allowable.(just checking to see if anyone is reading this.) "c" is a good answer if you follow the letter of the law. "d" is the good answer if you know judo and follow the spirit of the law.  If the player takes advantage of the grip even for a second the grip is illegal.  Using the pistol grip as a grip breaking move is illegal according to the IJF Referee Commission. Remember this is a negative judo act.  The fact is as many of you have found out it is difficult to see these grips right away.  Many competitors are taking a normal sleeve end grip and twisting it so it looks like a pistol grip.  You must be sure that you are not to quick to penalize this normal (legal) grip  What is the intent of the grip?</div> <bR> <div> 23.  In the cases of Double Sogo gachi, Double Kiken gachi and Simultaneous Ippon, how is the referee to end the contest?</div> <div>      a.  The referee should wave his arm above his head in the "not valid" gesture.</div> <div>      b.  The referee should indicate blue the winner and then white the winner.</div> <div>      c.  The referee should indicate Hikiwake.</div> <div>      d.  The referee should simply announce Soremade, there should be no gesture. The referee should then inform the contestants that they must replay the contest immediately.</div> <div> e.  None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  "a' is not an appropriate response. "b" isn't quite right either.  The fact is, according to the rule Article 19 f ii  in the case of Double Sogo gachi and Simultaneous Ippon the referee is to end the contest with Soremade, then announce Hikiwake.  The referee then informs the players that they must replay the contest immediately with no rest. If one refuses s/he loses.  In the case of double kiken gachi both players were unable to continue in that contest this is a matter to be decided on a case by case basis how to replay the contest if at all.  All of these situations are quite rare, especially double kiken gachi.  I have seen all of them occur in actual competitions over the years.  SO, "c' is half right. "d" is half right.  "e" ends up the best answer using the explanation above.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B> MARCH QUESTIONS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 24.  Do you believe there are different levels of kinsa?  (74)</div> <div>        a.  Yes!  There are different levels of kinsa, however the referee should not pigeon hole each attack into a specific slot.  The referee must take into account the overall kinsas of both contestants and determine the winner based on the referee's experience and feeling of the superior contestant.</div> <div>        b.  No !  Kinsa is kinsa, as koka is koka.  There is only one kinsa and should be recognized each time it occurs</div> <div>        c.  Yes!  There are many levels of kinsa and each valid attack should be evaluated at its level and the contestant with the most higher level attacks should win the contest.</div> <div>       d.  No!   Judgment for hantei is based on difference of attitude, skill and effectiveness of techniques.</div> <div>       e.  Yes!  There are two levels.  Big kinsas and little kinsas.</div> <bR> <div> 25.  There are two basic forms of Hadaka jime. The old form had the inside edge of the right wrist up against the throat.  The little finger side of the choking hand was placed in the bend of the left elbow and the left hand was placed behind uke's head. Is this form of Hadaka jime still allowed to be used in contest today.       (75)</div> <div>      a.  Yes!</div> <div>      b.  No!</div> <bR> <div> 26.  During blue's execution of a Ken ken o uchi gari (hopping) the horn sounds to end the contest, you have decided that any action will be valid within reason, however immediately following the horn (0.4 seconds) blue does a renraku waza attack of Ko uchi gari.  Should the second throw of the combination technique be valid?  </div> <div>      a.  Yes!  As long as continuity of the action is intact.</div> <div>      b.  No!   The renraku action started after the horn and there fore the throw is invalid.</div> <div>      c. Yes!  If the referee feels the renraku technique will impact the ground within a reasonable time it should be allowed.</div> <div> d.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> Answers to 24, 25 and 26 will be in the April Issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> National_Referee_Group</div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is:      <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><B>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</B></FONT>          if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <div>  <A NAME="february_2003"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER               February 2003 (V3N2)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>TWO GROUPS OF PENALTIES     HOW TO CALL IT!</B></div> <bR> <div> As I understand it, the process for calling SHIDO penalties will be as follows.</div> <div> The referee will call shido each time a shido violation is committed.</div> <bR> <div> <I>Preliminary Explanations for I hope some clarification.</I></div> <div> <I>There are two prevalent types of scoreboards being used in the United States.  The first, which we will refer to as "Type 3" is the three columns per side (blue or white) layout where the penalties are indicated on the bottom of the each of the three columns.  This usually uses a diamond shaped marker which is slide/moved over the S (shido), C (chui) or K (keikoku), which is written on the bottom of the Koka, Yuko and Keikoku columns respectively. This is the board, which is displayed in the IJF Refereeing Rules. The C should be replaced with S2 and the K replaced with S3.</I></div> <div> <I><IMG SRC="04bc4b60.gif" border=0 width="452" height="182" ALIGN="BOTTOM" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0"></I></div> <bR> <bR> <div> <I>The second common scoreboard which we will refer to as "Type 4" is the four column type.  This type of board has four columns per side layout.  The extra column is for the penalties. The placards or markers for this fourth (penalty) column use to be S for shido, C for chui and K for keikoku.  They should now read "S" for shido, "S2" for the second shido, and "S3" for the third shido.</I><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#008080" FACE="Century Schoolbook" ><I> </I></FONT></div> <div> <I>There was a practical reason for this alternate design.  This board could be worked from the top of a table and the Operator could work behind the board seated in a chair. The type 3 board was too high when placed on a table and operators couldn't see over the top of the boards unless they stood the entire time.  Type 3 boards are generally run by operators working from the sides and/or front of the Scoreboard. </I></div> <bR> <div> <I><IMG SRC="04dcd830.gif" border=0 width="461" height="131" ALIGN="BOTTOM" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0"></I></div> <div> <I>                                        </I></div> <div> <B>Scenario</B></div> <div> During a contest the blue contestant steps outside (old chui, new shido). The referee will stop the contest have the players stand on their marks (blue and white tape), demonstrate the prohibited act (as we have done in the past), point (with the index/pointer finger from a closed fist) towards the blue contestant and announce "Shido<FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Century Schoolbook" ><I>". </I></FONT></div> <bR> <div> <I>The Recorder (Scoreboard Operator) on a type 3 scoreboard will place the shido card (diamond marker) (marker/placard) under the koka column for blue and place on white's koka column a card indicating one (1) koka.</I><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >   </FONT><I>The Recorder (Scoreboard Operator) on a type 4 scoreboard will place the  "S" shido card (marker/placard) in the penalty column for blue and place in white's koka column a card indicating one (1) koka.</I><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" > </FONT></div> <bR> <div> The contest continues and about a minute later blue does a cat's paw grip, the referee will stop the contest, has the players stand on their marks, demonstrate the violation to blue, point towards blue and announcing "Shido". </div> <bR> <div> <I>The Recorder (Scoreboard Operator) on a type 3 scoreboard will place the penalty card (diamond marker) (marker/placard) under the Yuko column for blue and remove from white's koka column the koka and place in white's yuko column a card indicating one (1) yuko.</I><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >   </FONT><I>The Recorder (Scoreboard Operator) on a type 4 scoreboard will place the  "S2" shido card (marker/placard) in the penalty column for blue and remove the koka from white's koka column and place in white's yuko column a card indicating one (1) yuko.</I><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" > </FONT></div> <bR> <div> Approximately 30 seconds later during the contest, blue bends white's fingers back (old chui/new shido) during ne-waza.  The referee will stop the contest, stand the players on their marks, and demonstrate the violation to blue, then point to blue and announce "Shido".</div> <bR> <div> <I>The Recorder (Scoreboard Operator) on a type 3 scoreboard will place the penalty card (diamond marker) (marker/placard) under the Waza-ari column for blue and remove from white's yuko column the yuko and place in white's waza-ari column a card indicating one (1) waza-ari.</I><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >   </FONT><I>The Recorder (Scoreboard Operator) on a type 4 scoreboard will place the  "S3" shido card (marker/placard) in the penalty column for blue and remove the yuko from white's yuko column and place in white's waza-ari column a card indicating one (1) waza-ari.</I><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" > </FONT></div> <bR> <div> If there is a fourth shido violation for blue, the referee would stop the contest, place the players on their marks, call the judges in for consultation as is required by the current rules.  After the judges sit down the referee would demonstrate the prohibited act to the blue contestant and then point and announce "Hansoku make".  The referee would then announce "Soremade" and then indicate the white contestant the winner.  The blue contestant would be allowed to continue in the competition due to the fact that this hansoku make was of the indirect type (accumulated, not direct).</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>NEW YORK OPEN</B></div> <bR> <div> The Twentieth Annual New York Open Championships will be held Sunday March 9, 2003 at the New York Athletic Club in New York City.  This is a Level C Championship.  The Judo is very strong and dynamic.  Teams from Brazil, Romania, OTC, Canada and Poland will be competing along with several others.</div> <div> Referees will be IJF-A, IJF-B and PJU-C only.   Registration and Weigh-In Saturday Afternoon and evening and Sunday Morning  Details can be found at:  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >Website</FONT></div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE</B></div> <div> The short version URL is no longer working to access the Shimpando Website. You will have to use the actual URL which is quite long.  Please click on the blue hyperlink just below to access the Shimpando Web Site and then save the site with the longer URL address. <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/te"><U><B>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</B></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> ON THE NEW RULES</div> <div> SOME CURRENT DISCUSSIONS</div> <bR> <div> Question 1     With the new penalty rules I assume (Which is very dangerous) that Sogogachi will now be used only when 1 contestant has 3 shido penalties and the other one has a waza-ari.</div> <bR> <div> <I>ANSWER:  This has never been discussed at any clinic that I have been privy too. We are still indicating a Yuko for the opponent of a contestant who receives " Shido 2 " and Waza-ari for the opponent of those who get Shido 3.   I can only logically assume that you are correct.  That is, Sogo gachi should be given when one has three shidos and the other a Waza-ari.</I></div> <bR> <div> Question 2:  A question came up regarding the procedures on Golden Score. Two dif. scenarios. Are they handled the same? #1 any event using double elimination only #2 any event using either repechage or other system plus round robin for some divisions</div> <bR> <div> The match goes to Golden Score. No throw is scored, but an osaekomi is called. If there is an electronic clock, the referee knows when koka is reached. If there is not an electronic clock, the referee will NOT know unless the table has been instructed to put up the koka score indicator when that time is reached (ordinarily they are not to be put up during the osaekomi).</div> <div> If the div. is a round robin div., the competitors may need higher scores and the competitor holding the pin may wish to attempt to complete osaekomi to an ippon. Should the referee call koka, sore made; allow tori to decide whether to take the win from the koka, standing up to end the match, or attempt to go for the ippon? If tori decides to go for the ippon and ultimately gets choked out or taps out during the osaekomi, s/he loses the match regardless of the osaekomi score. That is a chance s/he decides to take. So, does the referee call the match at koka during osaekomi or allow tori to make the decision?</div> <bR> <div> Response one: At the Continental Crown, we talked in detail about the Golden Score. The jury members clarified all confusion on this subject by stating that in cases of Osaekomi, the pin should go for the full 25 seconds. Prior to this tournament, we had been instructed to go to 10 seconds (koka) only. However, they indicated that that 25 seconds was now the standard procedure.</div> <div> I hope this has helped.</div> <bR> <div> Response two: that the osaekomi should not be stopped at 10 seconds but should go the full 25 seconds or until there is some other reason to break it (e.g., toketa) -- is correct. This is not just a decision by the jury at one tournament or by the U.S. Referee Commission, but is information Juan Carlos Barcos, IJF Refereeing Director, gave out at the Junior Worlds in Korea and the U.S. Open in Las Vegas.</div> <bR> <div> Response three: Now this does not mean that the tori does not have the opportunity to get up at koka, but wouldn't the other issue be covered by tori just concentrating on not getting choked out, rather then worrying about what the referee is doing?</div> <bR> <div> Response four:  In the October Issue of Shimpando- National Referee Newsletter, Roy Englert wrote an article which clearly indicated the IJF and U.S. stance on Golden Score Osaekomi. As was stated, it should go for the full 25 seconds.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> Question 3:     I thought I had this figured out until the following evil thought entered my mind: </div> <div> Situation: The match is in the golden score period. Blue has white in osaekomi. In accordance with our guidance, the referee does not call the match when a koka score is achieved (10 seconds). However, before the 25 second mark (ippon) occurs, white succeeds in choking white out. Who wins? My gut feeling is that white should win. However, my understanding of the golden rule was that the first score wins. </div> <div> Help! </div> <bR> <div> Celotto Response:</div> <div> You come up with some good ones. The IJF has a blind eye to the possible. They only react and seldom ever anticipate. Your insightful look at even long odds occurrences may be to some a waste of time. I believe this type of open thinking, developing all possible scenarios is an important part of being a very good referee. So few take the time to think out all possible situations. For me, it is better to know how to handle as many situations before they occur than, waiting for when it happens and winging it.  It is similar to a flight simulator where pilots are put through hundred of unusual situation to train them to react quickly and appropriately.  As everyone is waiting for me to answer this, I elude and evade toget the brain juices flowing.</div> <bR> <div> Respose from R. Celotto:</div> <div> To piggyback on your scenario:</div> <div> What if the osaekomi has gone 13 seconds and then tori commits a shido violation, like finger in the opponent's sleeve end? </div> <div> Does Tori win because he received a koka 3 seconds before he committed the violation?</div> <div> Would you even bother to give the violation? </div> <div> (3) Would the violation end the hold down and the tori would receive only the Koka and the violation be voided?  </div> <div> (4) Would the violation win the contest for the other contestant, because a hold down not finished is like a choke, part of a choke doesn't count, neither does an uncalled osaekomi partial score? </div> <div> (5) Would the 13 second hold down and the shido violation, as they are equivalent cancel each other out?  </div> <bR> <div> Holy Crap where does this guy get this stuff!   </div> <bR> <div> It sounds like the smart coach will tell their competitors to release at eleven seconds so uke cannot choke them or tori won't foolishly commit a shido violation which may cost them the contest.</div> <bR> <div> <I><B>It is time now to think and discuss.   Hopefully a clearer picture will emerge in the next issue. </B></I></div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>JANUARY ANSWERS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 18.  If a contestant has received Keikoku, and his opponent subsequently throws for Waza-ari, the referee shall announce:          (68)</div> <div>           a. Soremade, then Sogo gachi.</div> <div>           b. Waza-ari awasete ippon, Soremade, then indicate the winner.</div> <div>           c. Waza-ari, Soremade, then Sogo gachi.</div> <div>         d. Ippon, Soremade, then Sogo gachi.</div> <div>        e. Waza-ari awasete ippon, Soremade, then Sogo gachi.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  The best answer is "c".  This is a response to the old way of this procedure.  However, the Waza-ari last scenario would be handled as "c" indicates when one contestant has 3 shido and the other a Waza-ari from a hold or throw.  The reverse situation where blue has a Waza-ari from a hold or throw and white is penalized with the third "Shido", then Soremade should be announced.  While indicating the winner the referee will announce Sogo gachi.</div> <bR> <div> 19.  During a ne-waza situation, the referee calls "Sonomama", then the blue contestant with the advantage separates from the white contestant. What do you recommend as the appropriate action by the referee?(69)      </div> <div> a.  The referee should place the blue contestant back into his advantage position and then rectify the situation which prompted the calling of sonomama.</div> <div>      b.  The referee should announce "Matte".  The blue contestant chose to let his advantage go, whether  through accident or design is inconsequential.  The contestants should return to their marks and the contest continued in the standing position.</div> <div>            c.  The referee should simply tell the blue contestant to return to the position he had before he let do.</div> <div>            d.  The referee should consult with the judges before deciding what to do.</div> <div>            e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This question will, I suspect be answered in many different ways.  Some basic facts from my point of view.  During a Senior contest especially a High Regional , National or International Contests if you as referee announce "Sonomama" during Ne-waza and the player with the advantage releases his/her advantage, for whatever reason, you as referee cannot put the players back into the advantageous position.  This act would be an act of bias.  Now if the referee said "Matte" in error and the referee and judges conferred and decided that "Sonomama" would have been more appropriate then the referee may place the player back in his position.  Confusing?</div> <div> I already have heard from some stating that if it were during a Junior competition they would place the advantage player back into the original position.  The reasoning is children may not know the meaning of Sonomama, and it would be unfair to break up the advantage position because of their ignorance.  For me it would make no difference.  O.K. now discuss among yourselves.  I will cover this, I hope in a little more detail in the next issue.  If I get some feedback.</div> <bR> <div> 20.  The blue contestant is holding the white contestant with kesa gatame.  During the osaekomi while attempting to escape the white contestant grabs blues' face with his hand and wrist.  This occurs during a very dynamic action situation.  In your opinion, what should the referee do?</div> <div>       a.  Allow the action to continue.</div> <div>      b.  The referee should call sonomama.  Indicate hand in the face,  point down to the mat (indicating the bottom contestant and announce shido for white.  Then announce Yoshi to continue the contest.</div> <div>       c.  While the action continues.  Indicate hand in the face, point down to the mat (indicating the bottom contestant and announce shido for white.  In this case because of the dynamic action you must give the penalty on the run so as not to disturb the fighting spirit of the contestants.</div> <div>       d.  The referee should announce sonomama.  The referee should then hold a conference to discuss the penalty before assessing it.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  Some of you may not like the lack of detail in this question.  Many will read into this their own imagination as to how this is to proceed.  My answer would be "c".  The question states that this occurs during a dynamic action situation.  To call sonomama during such a time would significantly disrupt the advantage.  This question was designed to make you aware that there are some situations where it is necessary to give penalties as we call it, "on the run" or "on the fly", where a sonomama, which is the preferred method, would be detrimental to the spirit of the contest.  This question does not contain the "incidentally touches the face", which answer "a" may be appropriate.  This question also does not state if advantage was gained.  The important would is "grabbed".  Grabbed is a outward physical act indicating intent. This action is a prohibited act.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>FEBRUARY QUESTIONS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 21.  When deciding advantage for a Hantei situation, what significance do you believe ne-waza should have? (71)  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(May be moot with Sudden Death Overtime, but hantei can occur in Sudden Death Overtime.)</I></FONT></div> <div> No advantage. </div> <div> If there was not an actual hold taking place (1-9 seconds).Ne-waza situations should count. If one contestant causes the other to be almost in a hold, or almost submit from a shime or kansetsu waza.</div> <div> The amount of time one contestant is in control of the other in ne-waza   should be taken into account when deciding the winner.</div> <div> The amount of time one contestant is on top of the other contestant(riding time) in ne-waza should be taken into account when deciding a winner.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> A player grips with a pistol grip at the end of the sleeve.  What should the referee do? (99-2)</div> <div> Allow the action to continue.</div> <div> Wait for five seconds and then stop the contest and penalize the offender with shido.</div> <div> Immediately stop the contest and penalize the offender with shido.</div> <div> Allow the player a second or two to readjust, if they do not stop the contest and penalize the offender with shido.</div> <div> The player should not be allowed on the mat with a weapon.</div> <bR> <div> 23.  In the cases of Double Sogo gachi, Double Kiken gachi and Simultaneous Ippon, how is the referee to end the contest?</div> <div>      a.  The referee should wave his arm above his head in the "not valid" gesture.</div> <div>      b.  The referee should indicate blue the winner and then white the winner.</div> <div>      c.  The referee should indicate Hikiwake.</div> <div>      d.  The referee should simply announce Soremade, there should be no gesture. The referee should then inform the contestants that they must replay the contest immediately.</div> <div> None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> Answers to 21, 22 and 23 will be in the next issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> National_Referee_Group</div> <bR> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </div> <bR> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is:      <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><B>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</B></FONT>          if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <div> <B> <A NAME="january_2003"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></B></div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER               January 2003 (V3N1)</div> <div>                                                 Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> <B>IJF WEBSITE</B></div> <div> I have not been to this site in a while, but recently visited and was disappointed to see it changed.  It no longer provides access to commission minutes, and other interesting information.  It takes makes longer to download information.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> 2003 RULE CHANGES   (This is very important read carefully!)</div> <div> This was an Email received from John Miller, Director of Operations for USA Judo.  This Email was dated December 26, 2002.  This information was provided to John Miller by Dr. Mel Appelbaum.  Many of you may have already received this.</div> <div> <I><B>(My (Richard Celotto) comments will be in blue and italicized.)</B></I></div> <bR> <div> Below are the new contest rules to implemented in 2003. These are directly from the IJF and discussed at the US open by Juan Carlos Barcos at the referee clinic that occurred at that event.</div> <bR> <div> Submitted by:</div> <bR> <div> Mel Appelbaum, Chairman: USA Judo referee Commission</div> <bR> <bR> <div> The following New Contest Rules will be phased in during the year 2003:</div> <bR> <div> 1. Golden Score....This procedure is firmly established and should be used effective January 2003.</div> <div> <I>(This was discussed in an earlier issue.  National events will be using it.  However, Local and Regional events have a choice. Notice the word  "should", it gives organizers a choice. Most organizers that I have spoken to have and will be using it.)</I></div> <bR> <div> 2. KawazuGake....This procedure is firmly established and should be used effective January 2003. KawazuGake is Hansokumake. Even if the thrower during the throwing action twists/turns, this is forbidden and the penalty will be Hansoku Make. Techniques such as O-soto-Gari, O-uchi-gari, and Uchi-mata where the foot/leg is entwined with Uke's leg will be permitted and should be scored.</div> <div> <I>(This was discussed in an earlier issue and is basically what I covered.  This Kawazu gake thing is much grayer than many of you realize.  It is good that Kawazu gake is a rarely done technique.  Only at a clinic, with adequate videotape examples and real time explanations can the general principles of when leg entwining is and is not legal.)</I></div> <bR> <div> 3. Bow....The only bow that is required is in the center of the mat. This procedure is firmly established and should be used effective January 2003. This bow must be strictly enforced. All other bows are at the discretion of the athletes.  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(As mentioned, Judo clubs should continue to teach the etiquette of bowing at the outside edge of the mat, if they chose to.  As mentioned the referee is to only enforce the bow at the marks (blue and white tape.))</I></FONT></div> <bR> <div> 4. Judges...Remain seated during medical situation. There is no requirement for the judges to participate in a medical situation unless the situation requires it. This procedure is firmly established and should be used effective January 2003.</div> <div> <I>(This is contrary to what I was told occurred at the U.S. Open.  This matter was to be settled at the April meeting.  This is a simple referee protocol and has no effect on the conduct of the contest</I><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >.  </FONT><I>Make inquiries with your regional referee authorities as to how they will be handling this.  I suspect since the Chairman has written this statement, that most if not all area will comply immediately.)</I></div> <bR> <div> 5. Light penalties/Grave Penalties....There now are only two types of penalties. All Light penalties are awarded SHIDO. All Grave Penalties are awarded HANSOKUMAKE. The scoring by the referee for the Light penalty will be always SHIDO unless it is the 4th SHIDO then it will be HANSOKUMAKE. The procedure for awarding HANSOKUMAKE remains unchanged. The referee may call SHIDO 2 for the old CHUI. SHIDO 3 for the old KEIKOKU. This might help the scorers. The procedure remains unchanged for converting SHIDO 2 to YUKO etc. This system should be phased in as soon as possible.</div> <div> <I>(As mentioned previously this new system will not be in effect at IJF events until after the April 2003 meeting of the IJF Referee Commission.  There is still discussion, what to call the second shido, "shido" or call "chui".  And the third shido, "shido" again or "keikoku".  No direction has been handed down as to any changes to the penalty portion of the Scoreboard.  If Chui and Keikoku continue to be displayed, most of the IJF Referees I have spoke to think it would be far less confusing calling the second shido, "chui" and the third shido, "keikoku  (If it is the IJF RC's intention to lessen the Japanese vocabulary for the spectator and remove chui and keikoku, this would support calling out shido three times.  I have also heard the reasoning to be, to make it clear that the second and third shido penalties are just Shido. This point of view doesn't make sense to me. However the second shido is "chui" and a yuko is put up for the opponent and the koka removed.)</I></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>It seems that most of the "A's" I have contacted are implementing the two-tier penalty system immediately.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> 6. Medical Time...Procedure will remain unchanged until the IJF referee Meeting in April, 2003.</div> <div> <I>(This is what was covered in the last issue of Shimpando.)</I></div> <div> -end-</div> <bR> <div> <B>The following was received in an email on January 6, 2003.  </B></div> <bR> <div> The following are details of the two groups of penalties which are being implemented in 2003.</div> <bR> <div> Submitted by:</div> <div> Mel Appelbaum, Chairman: USA Judo Referee Commission</div> <bR> <div> <I><B>My (Richard Celotto) comments will be in blue and italicized.</B></I></div> <div> <I><B>This information was listed at the IJF Web Site.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> <B><U>Slight Infringements Group (SHIDO)</U></B> </div> <bR> <div> 1. To intentionally avoid taking hold in order to prevent action in the contest.</div> <div> 2. To adopt in a standing position an excessively defensive posture. (Generally more than 5 seconds) <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(This "generally more than 5 seconds" is not correct as this was changed to 3 to 5 seconds as of January 1, 2001 - 2 years ago.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 3. To make an action designed to give the impression of an attack but which clearly shows that there was no intent to throw the opponent. (FALSE ATTACK)</div> <div> 4. To stand, both feet completely within the danger zone UNLESS - beginning an attack, executing an attack, countering the opponent's attack or defending against the opponent's attack. (Generally more than 5 seconds)</div> <div> 5. In a standing position, to continually hold the opponent's sleeve end(s) for a defensive purpose (Generally more than 5 seconds) <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(This "generally more than 5 seconds" is not correct as this was changed to 3 to 5 seconds as of January 1, 2001 - 2 years ago.)</I></FONT>or to grasp by "screwing up" the sleeve.</div> <div> 6. In a standing position, to continually keep the opponent's fingers of one or both hands interlocked, in order to prevent action in the contest. (Generally more than 5 seconds) <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(This "generally more than 5 seconds" is not correct as this was changed to 3 to 5 seconds as of January 1, 2001 - 2 years ago.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 7. To intentionally disarrange his own judogi or to untie or retie the belt or the trousers without the referee's permission.</div> <div> 8. To pull the opponent down in order to start Ne-waza unless in accordance with Article 16.  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>This action is "Hikkomi" and changed from chui to shido back in 1997 - six years ago.</I></FONT></div> <div> 9. To insert a finger or fingers inside the opponent's sleeve or bottom of his trousers, or to grasp by "screwing up" his sleeve.</div> <div> 10. In a standing position to take any grip other than a "normal" grip without attacking. (Generally within 3 to 5 seconds)<FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I> (This "generally more than 5 seconds" is not correct as this was changed to 3 to 5 seconds as of January 1, 2001 - 2 years ago.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 11. In a standing position, after Kumi-kata has been established, not to make any attacking moves. (See Appendix NON-COMBATIVITY)</div> <div> 12. 'Pistol' grip. The holding of the bottom and/or top of the sleeve between the thumb and the fingers known as "pistol grip". <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(This is finally the new wording, but has been in effect since January 1, 1999 - 3 years ago. Notice that they (IJF) continue to use the word "bottom" instead of "end".  Bottom is a very confusing word in this context.  Top is also a very confusing word because top could refer to the entire top of the sleeve from the wrist to the shoulder.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 13. 'Pocket' grip. Holding the bottom of the sleeve by folding the sleeve end over.  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(This is finally the new wording, but has been in effect since January 1, 2001 - 2 years. Pocket grip is what we have been calling the Cat's Paw Grip).(They (IJF) use the word bottom instead of end.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 14. From a standing position, to take hold of the opponent's foot/feet, leg(s) or trouser leg(s) with the hand(s), unless simultaneously attempting a throwing technique.  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly listed as 12 in the 1998 Rules.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 15. To encircle the end of the belt or jacket around any part of the opponent's body.  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly listed as 13 in the 1998 Rules)</I></FONT></div> <div> 16. To take the judogi in the mouth. (either his own or his opponent's). <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly listed as 14 in the 1998 Rules )</I></FONT></div> <div> 17. To put a hand, arm, foot or leg directly on the opponent's face.  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly listed as 15 in the 1998 Rules )</I></FONT></div> <div> 18. To put a foot or a leg in the opponent's belt, collar or lapel.  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly listed as 16 in the 1998 Rules)</I></FONT></div> <div> 19. To apply shime-waza using the bottom of the jacket or belt, or using only the fingers. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a chui and listed as17 in the 1998 rules.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 20. From Tachi-waza or Ne-waza to go outside the contest area or intentionally force the opponent to go outside the contest area. (See Article 9 - "Exceptions")  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a chui and listed as 21 in the 1998 rules).</I></FONT></div> <div> 21. To apply leg scissors to the opponent's trunk (dojime), neck or head. (scissor with crossed feet, while stretching out the legs).  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a chui and listed as 18 in the 1998 rules.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 22. To kick with the knee or foot, the hand or arm of the opponent, in order to make him release his grip. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a chui and listed as 19 in the 1998 rules.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 23. To bend back the opponent's finger(s) in order to break his grip. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a chui and listed as 20 in the 1998 rules.)</I></FONT></div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B><U>Grave Infringements Group</U></B> The rest of prohibited acts or actions which may endanger or injure the opponent or may be against the spirit of Judo, they will all be penalized with Hansoku make.</div> <bR> <div> 1. To attempt to throw the opponent by winding one leg around the opponent's leg, while facing more or less in the same direction as the opponent and falling backwards onto him (Kawazu-gake).  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a Keikoku, but changed to Hansoku make in April 2002.) </I></FONT></div> <div> 2. To apply kansetsu-waza anywhere other than to the elbow joint. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a Keikoku, but changed to Hansoku make in January 1, 2003.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 3. To lift off the mat an opponent who is lying on the mat and to drive him back onto the mat. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a Keikoku, but changed to Hansoku make in January 1, 2003.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 4. To reap the opponents supporting leg from the inside when the opponent is applying a technique such as harai-goshi etc. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a Keikoku, but changed to Hansoku make in January 1, 2003.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 5. To disregard the referee's instructions. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a Keikoku, but changed to Hansoku make in January 1, 2003.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 6. To make unnecessary calls, remarks or gestures derogatory to the opponent or referee during the contest. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a Keikoku, but changed to Hansoku make in January 1, 2001- Two years ago.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 7. To make any action which may endanger or injure the opponent especially the opponent's neck or spinal vertebrae, or may be against the spirit of Judo. (Ex. Kani-basami). <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a Keikoku, but changed to Hansoku make in January 1,1998 - Five years ago.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 8. To fall directly to the mat while applying or attempting to apply techniques such as waki-gatame. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><I>(Formerly a Keikoku, but changed to Hansoku make in January 1,1998 - Five years ago.)</I></FONT></div> <div> 9. To "dive" head first, onto the mat by bending forward and downward while performing or attempting to perform techniques such as uchi-mata, harai-goshi, etc.</div> <div> 10. To intentionally fall backwards when the other contestant is clinging to his back and when either contestant has control of the other's movement.(Kata Guruma standing or on the knees and falling directly backwards).</div> <div> 11. To wear a hard or metallic object (covered or not).</div> <div> -end-</div> <bR> <div> <I> When you give the second shido penalty it will be listed as a chui on the current scoreboards and the opponent gets a yuko and the koka for the first shido is removed.  When the third shido is given, it will be listed as Keikoku, the yuko is removed from the opponent's side and a waza-ari recorded for the opponent.</I></div> <div> <I>It is still unclear whether you call shido for all three penalties or shido, chui and then keikoku.  It seems to be IJF's wish to call Shido each time.  Dr.Kei Narimatsu suggests that if we do call Shido each time that instead of  shido, chui, and keikoku the board should read Shido as"1S",  instead of Chui on the board it should read "2S" and the Keikoku should be "3S".  Sounds interesting.</I></div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE</B></div> <div> The short version URL is no longer working to access the Shimpando Website. You will have to use the actual URL which is quite long.  Please click on the blue hyperlink just below to access the Shimpando Web Site and then save the site with the longer URL address. <A HREF="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/te"><U>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</U></A></div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>NOVEMBER ANSWERS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 15.  The referee calls Yuko for the blue contestant, the judges indicate Waza-ari and stand, the referee notices the judges and is about to make the change, when the blue contestant executes kesa gatame and the referee thinks it is Osaekomi.  In your opinion what should the referee do?            (223)</div> <div>      a.  Make the change, then call the osaekomi.</div> <div>      b.  Call Sonomama.  Make the change, then call the Osaekomi.</div> <div> c.  Call Osaekomi, then make the change.  Keep the Yuko signal up.</div> <div>  d.  Call Osaekomi.  The change will be  redundant if the hold goes the full 25 seconds.  If the hold is less than 25 seconds then make the chang</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This type of question is good to argue over in a clinic.  Some of you will choose "a".  Most of you will choose "e".  "c" would have been the best answer except for the last two sentences which just confuse the issue. This is due to an error. Answers "c" and "d" were combined.   "b" is wrong as it interferes will a crucial action situation.  As seconds count, it is very important that Osaekomi be called at exactly the point at which Osaekomi is secured.  If a referee begins doing a score change and the hold is secured during this change procedure the tori could lose 1-3 seconds of very valuable advantage.  Therefore, "e" would be the most prudent choice.  It is o.k. for the change of score to be delayed by a few seconds, the tori with a hold should never be slighted 1-3 seconds, which could be the difference between no score and a koka, a winning score.</div> <bR> <div> 16.  The white contestant applies a Tsurikomi jime to the blue contestant in the standing position. With the blue contestant struggling, the white contestant continues the choke in the standing position for 10 seconds and blue finally taps out. In your opinion, what should the referee do?            (66)</div> <div>      a.  Call Ippon and award the win to the white contestant.</div> <div>      b.  After 3 seconds, the referee should have called Matte.</div> <div>      c.  After 5 seconds, the referee should have called Matte.</div> <div>      d.  After 5 seconds, the referee should have called Matte and then penalized white for not stopping or not taking the choke down to ne-waza as required by the rules.</div> <div> e.  None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER: Now the answer hinges on your definition of "result immediately apparent".  "a" is definitely not a correct answer.  "d" is not a good answer, because there is no cause to give a penalty.  So the best answer may by "b" or "c".  Many, if not most would probably allow the choke to go for at least 5 seconds. </div> <div> Most standing chokes that are done generally involve taking the uke down to the mat, which is allowed to continue.  It is very rare in today's Judo to see standing chokes.</div> <bR> <div> 17.  Are there any circumstances in which a referee would call Sonomama during tachi waza?     (67)</div> <div> a.  Yes!  There are a few situations in which it becomes necessary to call sonomama to level the playing field.</div> <div>       b.  No!  Under no circumstances can the referee call Sonomama in tachi waza.</div> <div>       c.  Yes!  When the judogi jacket has slipped over one of the contestant's head.  Sonomama should be called to pull the jacket off the head so that no advantage is taken from the contestants.</div> <div>       d.  Yes!  For the jacket on the head and also when the referee feels that one contestant is placing his thumb or fingers inside his opponent's sleeve during a grip but he is not sure and wants to freeze the grip to check it. </div> <div>       e.  Maybe!  The action and flow of the contestants must be allowed to continue in an uninterrupted fashion, however there are instances when the referee determines through his experience and judgment that in certain situations sonomama may be necessary for the fairness and the fighting spirit of the contestants.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  Prior to 1985 we did use Sonomama both in Tachi waza and Ne-waza.  However, as of January 1, 1985 the IJF directed that Sonomama can only be used in Newaza.  So the most correct answer is "b". </div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>JANUARY QUESTIONS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 18.  If a contestant has received Keikoku, and his opponent subsequently throws for Waza-ari, the referee shall announce:          (68)</div> <div>           a. Soremade, then Sogo gachi.</div> <div>           b. Waza-ari awasete ippon, Soremade, then indicate the winner.</div> <div>           c. Waza-ari, Soremade, then Sogo gachi.</div> <div>         d. Ippon, Soremade, then Sogo gachi.</div> <div>        e. Waza-ari awasete ippon, Soremade, then Sogo gachi.</div> <bR> <div> 19.  During a ne-waza situation, the referee calls "Sonomama", then the blue contestant with the advantage separates from the white contestant. What do you recommend as the appropriate action by the referee?(69)      </div> <div> a.  The referee should place the blue contestant back into his advantage position and then rectify the situation which prompted the calling of sonomama.</div> <div>      b.  The referee should announce "Matte".  The blue contestant chose to let his advantage go, whether  through accident or design is inconsequential.  The contestants should return to their marks and the contest continued in the standing position.</div> <div> c.  The referee should simply tell the blue contestant to return to the position he had before he     let do.</div> <div>            d.  The referee should consult with the judges before deciding what to do.</div> <div>            e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 20.  The blue contestant is holding the white contestant with kesa gatame.  During the osaekomi while attempting to escape the white contestant grabs blues' face with his hand and wrist.  This occurs during a very dynamic action situation.  In your opinion, what should the referee do?</div> <div>       a.  Allow the action to continue.</div> <div>      b.  The referee should call sonomama.  Indicate hand in the face,  point down to the mat (indicating the bottom contestant and announce shido for white.  Then announce Yoshi to continue the contest.</div> <div>       c.  While the action continues.  Indicate hand in the face, point down to the mat (indicating the bottom contestant and announce shido for white.  In this case because of the dynamic action you must give the penalty on the run so as not to disturb the fighting spirit of the contestants.</div> <div>       d.  The referee should announce sonomama.  The referee should  then hold a conference to discuss the penalty before assessing it.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> The answers will be in the February issue.</div> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> National_Referee_Group</div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </div> <bR> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is:      <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><B>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</B></FONT>          if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <div> <B> <A NAME="december_2002"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></B></div> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER             December 2002 (V2N12)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> This will be the last issue for 2002.  I hope to bring you the 2003 edition starting in January 2003.  There will be no November Issue.</div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE</B></div> <div> The short version URL is no longer working to access the Shimpando Website. You will have to use the actual URL which is quite long.  Please click on the blue hyperlink just below to access the Shimpando Web Site and then save the site with the longer URL address. <A HREF="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/te"><U>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</U></A></div> <bR> <div> <B>USJI DUES INCREASE</B><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >  </FONT></div> <div> As of October 1, 2002 the yearly dues for USA Judo (USJI) will go from $38.00 to $50.00.  </div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>OCTOBER ANSWERS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 12. According to Article 30 - Situation not covered by the rules.  It shall be dealt with and a decision rendered by the referee after consultation with the:     (221)</div> <div>      a. judges.</div> <div>      b. Tournament Organizing Committee.</div> <div>      c. Referee Commission.</div> <div>      d. Chief Referee.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  For many years "a" was the correct answer.  However, the wording was changed several years ago to indicate that the referee (which includes the consultation of the judges) with the Referee Commission.  The correct answer is "c".</div> <bR> <div> 13.  Most questions pertain to the interpretation of the IJF Contest Rules in the context of senior international contests.  However, there are many questions, which should be answered with respect to the officiating of contests involving 6 to 16 year old boys and girls.  The blue contestant, a 12-year-old boy is on his hands and knees in ne-waza.   He is being turned over with a half nelson (white's bend in the elbow under uke's armpit and the white's hand on the back of uke's neck) and resists and the shoulder is stressed and he begins crying and moaning.  What should the referee do in this situation?  (226)</div> <div>     a.  Call matte, and ask the blue contestant whether s/he needs a medical examination.</div> <div>     b.  Allow the action to continue.  If the blue contestant doesn't resist there will be no pain.  The blue contestant's resistance is causing the stress and pain and should not jeopardize  white's advantage, unless injury is imminent.</div> <div> c.  Call matte, and ask the blue contestant whether s/he needs a medical examination and then penalize white keikoku for applying kansetu to the shoulder.  </div> <div> d.  Allow the action to continue.  If the blue contestant doesn't resist there will be no pain.  The blue contestant's resistance is causing the stress and pain and should not jeopardize white's advantage no matter what the age.  After a hold has been secured and the blue contestant is still showing signs of pain, the referee should call sonomama to ask the blue contestant whether s/he needs a medical examination.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This is not clear cut.  "a' is the easiest answer but is not a good answer.  As most of you know there are many instances in ne-waza when juniors place other juniors in situation which may cause pain and/or injury to a joint.  This is especially true in turnover techniques.  "d' is almost the best answer, except for the statement " and should not jeopardize white's advantage no matter what the age."  As referees we have a duty first to the safety of the contestants.  This duty is especially applicable when junior athletes compete.  Where some degree of stress is inevitable during turnovers, preventing injury always trumps advantage.  "c" is not correct because application of turnovers are not penalties.  If you believe that a turnover is being used to cause injury, this would be a different situation.  "b" is a good answer, but I suspect some higher referees would have more to say about how far to allow the action to continue.  Where the basic tenet stated is a good rule to follow, experience will temper its application.</div> <bR> <div> 14.    During a fast action situation, the blue contestant quickly steps out with one foot into the safety area with supporting weight but immediately comes back into the danger zone.  The judge waves it out, however the referee doesn't call Matte and allows the action to continue.  In your opinion, what should the judge do?</div> <div> a.  After waving out for 3-5 seconds and the referee and other judge not making any recognition, drop the gesture and return to the normal position.  Their non-response is assumed to mean that they do not agree with the judge.</div> <div> b.  After waving out for 3-5 seconds and the referee and other judge not making any recognition, drop the gesture and stand with his arms to his side.  The referee will call a conference.  The judge should explain that blue stepped out and should get a penalty, if the referee and judge disagree then sit down.  It is important that such an obvious step out  deserving a penalty should at least warrant a conference.</div> <div>    c.  After waving out for 3-5 seconds, stand while doing the wave out gesture. The referee must then call Matte.  The judge should remain standing to request a conference.</div> <div>    d.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER: I wish to rant on this situation.  Several years ago the U.S. Referee Commission decided that "a" was the way to handle this.  "c" is incorrect procedure.  A judge should NEVER stand with a signal unless the other judge is in agreement.  "b" is my answer, which I was unable to defend (due to absence) at the meeting that covered this situation so many years ago,.  My main premise for selecting this answer "b" has to do with "conviction".  I understand that it will cause a delay in the contest.  It will disrupt the fighter's spirit.  However, if they have gone out, they are out.  I have watched a lot of referees and provided feedback and evaluation for 24 years at the National level.  In most cases when a player steps out and the referee doesn't call it and a judge does, it is because the referee didn't see it or they have the wrong understanding of what outside is.  The other (far side) judge generally isn't paying attention to the far two lines, which he should be watching.  So in almost every case, if the referee doesn't call outside the far judge does nothing.  For me, this is not agreement.  First of all I wouldn't stop a contest unless something was wrong.  If I did then I would want to make sure the referee knows what I saw.  If they shoot me down fine.  I have registered my opinion</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>NOVEMBER QUESTIONS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 15.  The referee calls Yuko for the blue contestant, the judges indicate Waza-ari and stand, the referee notices the judges and is about to make the change, when the blue contestant executes kesa gatame and the referee thinks it is Osaekomi.  In your opinion what should the referee do?            (223)</div> <div>      a.  Make the change, then call the osaekomi.</div> <div>      b.  Call Sonomama.  Make the change, then call the Osaekomi.</div> <div>  c.  Call Osaekomi, then make the change.  Keep the Yuko signal up. </div> <div> d.   Call Osaekomi.  The change will be  redundant if the hold goes the full 25 seconds.  If the hold is less than 25 seconds then make the change.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 16.  The white contestant applies a Tsurikomi jime to the blue contestant in the standing position. With the blue contestant struggling, the white contestant continues the choke in the standing position for 10 seconds and blue finally taps out. In your opinion, what should the referee do?            (66)</div> <div>      a.  Call Ippon and award the win to the white contestant.</div> <div>      b.  After 3 seconds, the referee should have called Matte.</div> <div>      c.  After 5 seconds, the referee should have called Matte.</div> <div>      d.  After 5 seconds, the referee should have called Matte and then penalized white for not stopping or not taking the choke down to ne-waza as required by the rules.</div> <div>      e.  None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 17.  Are there any circumstances in which a referee would call Sonomama during tachi waza?     (67)</div> <div> a.  Yes!  There are a few situations in which it becomes necessary to call sonomama to level the playing field.</div> <div>       b.  No!  Under no circumstances can the referee call Sonomama in tachi waza</div> <div>       c.  Yes!  When the judogi jacket has slipped over one of the contestant's head.  Sonomama should be called to pull the jacket off the head so that no advantage is taken from the contestants.</div> <div>       d.  Yes!  For the jacket on the head and also when the referee feels that one contestant is placing his thumb or fingers inside his opponent's sleeve during a grip but he is not sure and wants to freeze the grip to check it. </div> <div>       e.  Maybe!  The action and flow of the contestants must be allowed to continue in an uninterrupted fashion, however there are instances when the referee determines through his experience and judgment that in certain situations sonomama may be necessary for the fairness and the fighting spirit of the contestants.</div> <bR> <div> The answers to 15, 16 and 17 will be in the January 2003 issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> National_Referee_Group</div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </div> <bR> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is:      <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><B>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</B></FONT>          if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <div> <B> <A NAME="october_2002"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></B></div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER              October 2002 (V2N10)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>Barcos/Diaz Seminar at U.S. Open         (October 11, 2002)</B></div> <div> <B>by Roy Englert</B></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>(The italicized blue commentary is that of the editor and it not part of Mr. Englert's report, but offers another point of  view.)</B></I></div> <bR> <div> IJF Refereeing Director Juan Carlos Barcos and PJU Refereeing Director Carlos Diaz gave a seminar at the U.S. Open in Las Vegas on October 11, 2002. The entire focus of the seminar was new rules or interpretations that are in effect now or will take effect after the IJF Refereeing Seminar in Korea in April 2003. Additional information about these changes is available at www.pju.org, in English and Spanish. Mr. Barcos also said that a new version of the entire written rules should be available in June or July 2003.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Application of Kawazu Gake</B>. This is the one change that is in effect currently worldwide. The penalty for kawazu gake is hansoku make, not keikoku. The U.S. Referee Commission agreed in Las Vegas that we will apply the hansoku make penalty from now on. In addition, the criteria for kawazu gake have changed. "In the case where a player attempts Kawazu Gake, where both players whilst facing more or less in the same direction as the opponent and falling backwards onto him <B>and even if the thrower during the throwing action twists/turns</B>, this is forbidden and the penalty will be Hansoku Make. <B>Techniques such as O-soto-Gari, O-uchi-gari, and Uchi-mata where the foot/leg is entwined with Uke's leg will be permitted and should be scored</B>."</div> <bR> <div> The IJF has prepared a video, which we were shown in Las Vegas, of four techniques to illustrate application of the new Kawazu Gake rule. In the first technique, tori applies ouchigari with the leg entwined; the technique is legal and should be scored. In the other three techniques, in each case tori entwines and then rotates and sacrifices his own body, falling in a twisting motion rather than straight back, and landing chest to chest on top of his opponent; all of these techniques are to be penalized as kawazu gake.  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Abadi MT Condensed" ><I>(I will be sending out some pictures demonstrating this in a later e-mail.  Several of these examples are not Kawazu gake, however are being included under the Kawazu gake paragraph in the prohibited acts.  This change, which we have already incorporated is now in effect in the United States and the World.)</I></FONT></div> <bR> <div> <B>Golden Score</B>. Until now, the Golden Score has been an optional addition to the IJF rules, used in some tournaments but not others. As of the spring of 2003, the IJF anticipates making the Golden Score part of the IJF rules and doing away with hantei except in the rare case of a match that lasts the entire Golden Score period without a score.</div> <bR> <div> The basic rules of the Golden Score have been written up elsewhere and were not repeated at the Las Vegas seminar and will not be written up here. Two special points of interest were noted in Las Vegas, however. First, the IJF wishes that osaekomi during the Golden Score period be allowed to continue the full 25 seconds, or until released or broken by the players, rather than stopped after 10 seconds. The osaekomi tori who wishes to continue to ippon should be allowed to do so. In theory, tori could commit a prohibited act or be choked out during the period between 10 and 25 seconds. If so, tori should <B>not</B> be awarded any score for the osaekomi, but should lose the match by penalty (if tori commits a prohibited act) or by ippon (if choked out). However, these possibilities are more theoretical than real.  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Abadi MT Condensed" ><I>(This is a change from what most of us were originally told.  We were calling Koka at 10 seconds and ending the contest. We should follow the new suggestion of going to full 25 seconds, if we a using Golden Score in our region.)</I></FONT></div> <bR> <div> Second, Mr. Barcos emphasized the statistics that the IJF has compiled from more than 7000 matches in which the Golden Score was in effect, including A-level competitions in Europe and the 2002 Junior World Championships. The statistics show that 80% of all Golden Score matches end with positive scores rather than penalties. The statistics show that fewer than 1% of all Golden Score matches go to hantei. Perhaps most interesting of all, the statistics show that there is a substantial reduction in the number of matches that are tied at the end of regulation when the Golden Score is in effect. Presumably the reason is that players who previously knew themselves to be ahead on kinsas, and who were willing to "coast" to the end with the score tied, now realize that they must score in regulation and go all out. This leads to more exciting judo in regulation time, as well as the increased excitement when the players decide a match during the Golden Score period rather than have the referees decide it by flags.</div> <bR> <div> We applied the Golden Score rule (with good results, in my opinion) at the U.S. Open. Tournament directors should consider applying the rule at all events effective immediately. It will not become a mandatory IJF or U.S. rule, however, until the spring of 2003.  </div> <div> <I>(Use Sudden Death Overtime in your region if your regions tournament rules committee wishes to use it.  The U.S. Referee Commission will review this at the April 2003 meeting which is held in conjunction with the U.S. Senior Nationals.  Make it clear in your flyers and announce it prior to the tournament if you using it or NOT using it.</I></div> <bR> <div> <B>Penalties in Two Big Groups</B>. Once this major rule change takes effect following the April 2003 IJF Seminar, all penalties will be either shido (for "technical faults") or hansoku make (for "grave infringements"). There will be no direct chui or keikoku. Prohibited acts currently penalized with chui -- including stepping out of bounds or pushing out -- will become shidos. Prohibited acts currently penalized with keikoku -- including sweeping the supporting leg from inside, or picking the opponent up off the mat and driving him back into the mat -- will become hansoku makes. As has always been the case, particularly dangerous applications of prohibited acts that ordinarily warrant a lower penalty can be upgraded to hansoku make in exceptional circumstances.</div> <bR> <div> Mr. Barcos spent a good bit of time explaining why the IJF believes this to be a positive change that removes several anomalies from judo. For one thing, it will no longer be the case that (for example) a false attack followed by a step out is chui, whereas a step out followed by a false attack is keikoku. As Mr. Barcos put it, "try explaining to a child that 2+1 is 3 but 1+2 is 2." In addition, step outs often result from "positive judo" yet are punished more severely than "negative judo" infractions; that will no longer be the case once both types of infractions become shido offenses. In addition, this simplification will (over time) make judo scoring more comprehensible to spectators not familiar with judo.</div> <bR> <div> The current plan for implementation of this rule change, and the way the rule change was applied experimentally at the Junior Worlds in Jeju, Korea, is as follows. For the first penalty, the referee will say "shido," and the scoreboard will show shido for the penalized player and koka for the opponent, just as is true now. For the second penalty, the referee will <B>not</B> say "chui," but will instead say "shido" again. The scoreboard operators will show chui for the penalized player and yuko for the opponent. For the third penalty, the referee will say "shido" again. The scoreboard operators will show keikoku for the penalized player and waza-ari for the opponent. For the fourth penalty, the referee will say "hansoku make" and "sore made" and award the match, just as the referee does now.</div> <bR> <div> My personal opinion is that the referees should say "chui" and "keikoku" rather than say "shido" three times, so that more burden is placed on the referee and less on the scoreboard operator to keep track of penalties. The IJF may consider this slight variation between now and April before making this rule change final. There is no doubt, however, that the IJF will implement the reclassification of all penalties into two big groups in the spring of 2003; only details of the implementation, not the basic rule change, are subject to further review between now and then.</div> <bR> <div> <I>(I am in agreement with Mr. Englert that "chui" and keikoku" should be used and not say "shido" three times.  This change is NOT in effect until after the April 2003 Spring meeting.  As to the logic of this change I will leave that to a later date.)</I></div> <bR> <div> <B>Bowing Procedure</B>. The IJF has decided, effective spring 2003, to alter the bowing procedure. The U.S. Referee Commission has decided to make the change effective immediately in the United States, and it was applied at the 2002 U.S. Open.</div> <bR> <div> The <B>only</B> bow that the referees should enforce is the bow at the stripes at the beginning and end of the contest. That bow should be <B>strictly</B> enforced, and we should not be as lax as we have in the past in letting players get away with mere nods of the head and other improper bows. The bow at the edge of the contest area, by contrast, shall no longer be enforced by the referees at all. The players may choose to bow at the edge of the contest area as they enter at the start of a contest or leave at the end, and many of us will continue to teach in our dojos that proper judo etiquette demands these bows, but the referees are no longer to play any role in enforcement of these bows.</div> <bR> <div> Mr. Barcos emphasized that the IJF does not wish to diminish the importance of bowing in judo. However, the IJF wishes to place more emphasis on the <B>quality</B> of bows than on the <B>quantity</B>. One good bow at the beginning and one good bow at the end is more important that regulating two bows at the beginning and two at the end. In addition, the image of our sport suffers when referees run after players at the end of a contest just to get them to bow at the edge, and there are sometimes ugly confrontations over bowing at the edge when players (usually those who have lost) are unhappy and argumentative. The IJF believes these problems can be avoided with the new rule.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Referee Draw New System</B>. Mr. Barcos discussed a new computer system being used to select referees at certain major events. We are not using this system in the United States, and it is not of general interest.</div> <bR> <div> <B>New Medical Procedures.</B> Mr. Barcos announced one minor and one major change to medical procedures. The minor change (which we did not apply at the U.S. Open) is that referees will now generally stay in their chairs rather than come to the middle of the mat when the doctor (or other responsible medical person) is called. It is not mandatory for the judges to stay in their chairs, and common sense should be used, but the <B>general</B> rule will be that judges stay in their chairs unless special circumstances cause the referee to call them or the judges to believe that they need to go to the center of the mat to observe.</div> <bR> <div> <I>(As most of us will not venture onto the International Referee Scene it is more prudent that the judges do stand and approach in injury situations to show concern and lend a hand as instructed by the referee or doctor.)</I></div> <bR> <div> The major change in medical procedures that Mr. Barcos announced will take effect, if at all, following the April 2003 IJF Seminar. Mr. Barcos indicated that the IJF has tentatively approved this change but will consult further with medical and legal authorities before making it final. In addition, the U.S. Referee Commission wishes to have further discussions before deciding whether to implement this rule change in the United States. For informational purposes, however, here is the major change that Mr. Barcos announced:</div> <bR> <div> To prevent the players from using medical examinations for tactical advantage, there will no longer be any allowed medical examinations <B>except</B> (1) in situations of bleeding, (2) in situations of possible concussion, and (3) in situations in which the player or team doctor is willing to accept a loss by kiken gachi. In other words, unless the <B>referee</B> concludes that a doctor is necessary to deal with blood or a possible concussion, no medical examinations are possible without forfeiting the match. For situations of blood or possible concussion, there will be no time limit on the examination. For situations -- such as a knee or shoulder injury -- in which the doctor or player indicates an injury but there is no blood and no possibility of concussion, the referee may allow the player a short period (a few seconds, not a few minutes) to recover from the injury on his or her own without the assistance of a doctor.</div> <bR> <div> This change obviously is radical and is intended for major international championships, not developmental judo competitions. We will have to discuss its implementation in the United States quite carefully, if the IJF makes it final, before applying it. It should <B>not</B> be applied in the United States until further notice. However, Mr. Barcos did present the change at the seminar in Las Vegas, and I repeat it for information.</div> <bR> <div> <I>(I wish to thank Mr. Englert for writing this informative article and providing it to Shimpando.)</I></div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE</B></div> <div> The short version URL is no longer working to access the Shimpando Website. You will have to use the actual URL which is quite long.  Please click on the blue hyperlink just below to access the Shimpando Web Site and then save the site with the longer URL address. <A HREF="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/te"><U>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</U></A></div> <bR> <div> <B>USJI DUES INCREASE</B><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >  </FONT></div> <div> As of October 1, 2002 the yearly dues for USA Judo (USJI) will go from $38.00 to $50.00.  </div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>SEPTEMBER ANSWERS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <bR> <div> With regard to Ne-waza.  As each year passes Matte seems to be called sooner and sooner.  Our interpretation of "No apparent progress and the players lie still"  seems to be getting very liberal.  What is your basic philosophy with regard to this matter?     (59)</div> <div> a.  In this age when the IOC is demanding from the IJF that Judo needs to be more exciting, getting them up if there is no immediate result is necessary. This will make it more appealing to the spectators.</div> <div> b.  This liberalizing of the interpretation has changed the intent and spirit of true Ne-waza.  I feel that if a contestant chooses to play in Ne-waza that he should be allowed to without interruption by the officials.  Of course, if there is no apparent progress (old school) then Matte should be called.</div> <div> c.  It isn't a matter of liberal interpretation, it is more of a matter that many referees do not understand ne-waza and when it is appropriate to call Matte. </div> <div> d.  The referee has only five minutes to determine a winner, if there is no recorded scores.  As most ne-waza can not be credited to either contestant as advantage, it is only logical that the referee would call matte and stand them up, where a winner can be more easily determined.</div> <div>      e.    None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  Holy Moly!  Actually "a" through "d" all have a grain of truth in them.  Through misunderstanding and lack of understanding Ne-waza is broken too soon in too many cases.  At least in the opinion of the higher level referees and many of the international coaches.  We MUST allow the contestant to play on the ground.   Ne-waza is an integral part of Judo.  However, do not allow stagnate, go no where ne-waza to continue as this does distract from the contest and is not helpful in determining a winner.</div> <bR> <div> The white contestant is face down on the mat.  The blue contestant is on whites' back.  Blue's legs are wrapped under whites' hips and around each thigh (double grapevine), blue is attempting Hadaka jime.  White realizing this is not a good place to be and proceeds to try to stand.  When should the referee announce, Matte?   (60)</div> <div>      a. When the bottom contestant regains a hands and knees position.</div> <div>      b. When the bottom contestant regains a hands and feet position.</div> <div>      c. When the bottom contestant regains a hands and feet position and lifts his hands from the mat.</div> <div>      d.   When the bottom contestant regains a hands and feet position and lifts his hands from the mat and </div> <div> maintains a balanced supporting weight stance momentarily.</div> <div>      e. When the bottom contestant regains a full standing position.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This will cause some heated discussion among the higher ups.  The latest IJF videotape shows that "d" is the appropriate answer.  I am in agreement with that.  "a" is a distracter.  Not obviously wrong, but wrong for those in the know.  "b" is a foiler, some would call matte at this point, however, the majority of the knowledgeable would not.  "c' is also a foiler taking the situation closer to standing but not quite, several more would call matte at this point but most of the experts would not.  "e" is correct but "d' is also correct and in the continuum of transition from ne-waza to tachi waza "d" is closer to the transition so is the most appropriate answer.</div> <bR> <div> Why break up Shime or Kansetsu waza when uke is almost standing? Which contest rule covers this?  (61)</div> <div> a.  Article 30  It is one of those unwritten rules</div> <div> b.  Article 17 - Application of Matte - paragraph g</div> <div> c.  It has been the custom for years.  It is not in the rules. You just have to know!</div> <div> d. There is a transition from ne-waza to tachi waza so the action can not continue.</div> <div> None of the above are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  The question may not be clear for some readers.  The question should have started: While both contestants are in Ne-waza, why break …?   Most authorities refer to "d" as the best answer.  There is another problem with the word "almost".  There is a great deal of interpretation with the use of the word "almost".  "b" also could be a viable answer because paragraph h mention Matte should be called when Shime or Kansetsu was in done in the standing position …   Generally tori would never stand when applying a shime or Kansetsu in ne-waza.  It is most commonly done in the other direction moving from tachi waza to ne-waza.  However, if tori were applying shime waza while on his back in ne-waza uke in some cases does try to escape by attempting to stand.  Now the problem is just because uke is standing should the shime waza be stopped if tori is still on his back? On his buttocks and legs, with the back off the mat?  With his buttocks and back off the mat with just his legs touching?  Does Uke have too lift tori "completely clear of the mat in order for "Matte" to be called similar to Article 17 g.  "e" ends up being the most appropriate answer.  `a" is not a viable answer.  "c" might be the answer for those who cannot understand the synthesis of  the interpretation of Article 17  Application of Matte.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>OCTOBER QUESTIONS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 12. According to Article 30 - Situation not covered by the rules.  It shall be dealt with and a decision rendered by the referee after consultation with the:     (221)</div> <div>      a. judges.</div> <div>      b. Tournament Organizing Committee.</div> <div>      c. Referee Commission.</div> <div>      d. Chief Referee.</div> <bR> <div> 13.  Most questions pertain to the interpretation of the IJF Contest Rules in the context of senior international contests.  However, there are many questions, which should be answered with respect to the officiating of contests involving 6 to 16 year old boys and girls.  The blue contestant, a 12-year-old boy is on his hands and knees in ne-waza.   He is being turned over with a half nelson (white's bend in the elbow under uke's armpit and the white's hand on the back of uke's neck) and resists and the shoulder is stressed and he begins crying and moaning.  What should the referee do in this situation?  (226)</div> <div>     a.  Call matte, and ask the blue contestant whether s/he needs a medical examination.</div> <div>     b.  Allow the action to continue.  If the blue contestant doesn't resist there will be no pain.  The blue contestant's resistance is causing the stress and pain and should not jeopardize  white's advantage, unless injury is imminent.</div> <div> c.  Call matte, and ask the blue contestant whether s/he needs a medical examination and then penalize white keikoku for applying kansetu to the shoulder.  </div> <div> d.  Allow the action to continue.  If the blue contestant doesn't resist there will be no pain.  The blue contestant's resistance is causing the stress and pain and should not jeopardize white's advantage no matter what the age.  After a hold has been secured and the red/blue contestant is still showing signs of pain, the referee should call sonomama to ask the red/blue contestant whether s/he needs a medical examination.</div> <div>       e. None of the above are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 14.    During a fast action situation, the blue contestant quickly steps out with one foot into the safety area with supporting weight but immediately comes back into the danger zone.  The judge waves it out, however the referee doesn't call Matte and allows the action to continue.  In your opinion, what should the judge do?</div> <div> a.  After waving out for 3-5 seconds and the referee and other judge not making any recognition, drop the gesture and return to the normal position.  Their non-response is assumed to mean that they do not agree with the judge.</div> <div> b.  After waving out for 3-5 seconds and the referee and other judge not making any recognition, drop the gesture and stand with his arms to his side.  The referee will call a conference.  The judge should explain that red/blue stepped out and should get a penalty, if the referee and judge disagree then sit down.  It is important that such an obvious step out  deserving a penalty should at least warrant a conference.</div> <div> c.  After waving out for 3-5 seconds, stand while doing the wave out gesture. The referee must then call     Matte.  The judge should remain standing to request a conference.</div> <div>          d.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> Answers for 12, 13 and 14 will be in the November issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> National_Referee_Group</div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </div> <bR> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is:      <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><B>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</B></FONT>          if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B> <A NAME="september_2002"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></B></div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                September 2002 (V2N9)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE</B></div> <div> The short version URL is no longer working to access the Shimpando Website. You will have to use the actual URL which is quite long.  Please click on the blue hyperlink just below to access the Shimpando Web Site and then save the site with the longer URL address. http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</div> <bR> <div> IJF REFEREEING DIRECTOR-JUAN CARLOS BARCOS TO ATTEND U.S. OPEN</div> <div> The U.S. Referee Commission has invited the IJF Refereeing Director -  Mr. Juan Carlos Barcos and the PJU Refereeing Director - Mr. Carlos Diaz to this years U.S. Open (October 10-13, 2002).  They will conduct a Refereeing Clinic sometime during that period.  All IJF-A, IJF-B and PJU-C referees are urged to attend.</div> <bR> <div> <B>USJI DUES INCREASE</B><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >  </FONT></div> <div> As of October 1, 2002 the yearly dues for USA Judo (USJI) will go from $38.00 to $50.00.  </div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>AUGUST ANSWERS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 5.  The blue contestant does a cheaply done wrestling one leg take down (dropping to one or both knees, grabbing and bear hugging one leg, then forcing uke to the side in order to knock them to the ground) and doesn't knock uke down to the ground.  What should the referee do? (55)</div> <div> Allow the action to continue, if the referee judges the action skillful.</div> <div> Call Matte and restart the contest, if the referee feels the action wasn't skillful.</div> <div>      c.  Call Matte and give blue a chui for dragging his opponent into ne-waza.</div> <div>      d.  Allow the action to continue only if white takes advantage of the situation.</div> <div> None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  I would choose "e".   In actuality in most cases most referees proceed as "b" suggestions.  Some proceed as "a" suggests, eventually Matte will be called as there is a stalemate in the progress of the contest.  "c" cannot be right as this action similar to and with the same intention as "Hikkomi" Dragging down is now to be penalized with shido.  "d" is also a viable answer for some if the uke in the drag down takes advantage.  As the rules state the referee if he deems the single leg take down an unskillful action and white takes advantage, the referee can still give shido to blue for the action taken.</div> <bR> <div> This is why I chose "e".  We as referees must seriously look at the "wrestling move" the single leg takedown for a number of reasons.  Granted its use is rare, we see it from time to time by crossovers (wrestlers in Judogi), however if used effectively it can be considered skillful if it knocks the other contestant to the ground.  When it doesn't , can the action be deemed unskillful or do we chalk it up to a failed attempt, which is very prevalent in Judo.  I suspect the expert opinion (IJF-A's)  would be many faceted on this topic.  This questions was asked so that you would put some thought into this type of action.</div> <bR> <div> 6.     At the beginning of a contest, both contestants go to their designated marks on the mat.  They bow to each other and step forward as prescribed.  When the referee announces "Hajime", the blue contestant drops to his back and entices the white contestant to join him in ne-waza.  What should the referee do?   (56)</div> <div>      a.  Allow the action to continue.</div> <div>      b.  Call Matte and penalize blue with chui.</div> <div>      c.  Call Matte and explain to blue he can't do that and restart the contest.</div> <div>      d.  Call Matte and penalize blue with shido.</div> <div> None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This is a far-fetched scenario, but I have seen it.  The best answer is "c".  Most contestants would never do such a thing.  In early Judo, in Japan 1930, 1940 this did occur and was allowed according to Dr. Ashida.  Some areas were very strong in Ne-waza and would go to the ground right away.  The rules were changed to prevent this.  Committing this action is not a prohibited act.  The offending player is not dragging his opponent down as in Hikkomi.  He is going down to the ground be himself.  This action is not allowed according to Article 16 Entry into Ne-waza, so "c" is the best answer.</div> <bR> <div> 7.    When Hikkomi gaeshi techniques are executed, there are many instances when the tori throws uke away, but follows him over at different stages of the technique.  Sometimes, the tori follows up and over after there is 45% of separation.  In some instances when there is 90% of separation. How much separation is necessary for a Hikkomi gaeshi to score?   (57)</div> <div>      a.  separation means completely letting go, thus "separation".</div> <div>      b.  Greater than 45% of separation must exist.</div> <div>      c.  Greater than 90% of separation must exist.</div> <div>      d.  Greater than 135% of separation must exist.          </div> <div> e.  There must be 180% of separation for a score to be called.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This question is now moot.  This question was designed to explore the separation definition during Hikkomi gaeshi when it was an issue.  It is no longer an issue.  However for historical reasons I have included it.  Interestingly, the IJF-As had many opinions with regard to this topic.  After asking most of the IJF-A referees over a number of years the majority would have chosen "c" as the best answer.  Some did choose "d" and "e".  If you haven't a clue of what this is dealing with, then some day if we are at the same event and we have time bring it up and I will explain, or ask a local/regional authority.  The problem may be that they will tell you that separation is no longer an issue and leave it at that.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> 8.  The white contestant is on his back and the blue contestant is trying to get through the legs into tate shiho gatame. Blue manages to get through the legs and is straddling white's waist but before blue can secure the upper portion of white's body, white executes Tsurikomi jime on blue from underneath.  blue can not break the choke immediately and blue begins to feel that the choke will become effective, blue stands, but white will not let go of the choke.  When should the referee call "Matte".   (58)</div> <div>      a.  When blue gets to a standing position.</div> <div>      b.  When blue stands and lifts white's upper back off the mat.</div> <div>      c.  When blue stands and lifts white's back and buttocks off the mat, supporting white's weight.  The heels and lower legs still on the mat.  Matte should not be called until blue escapes completely away from white's choke.</div> <div> None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This happens from time to time and is hardly ever discussed.  I suspect that the IJF-A responses would be wide spread on this topic.  That means, depending on whom you speak to all of these responses could be correct.  I would choose "d".  Basically, the uke the standing player being choked must lift ALL of the tori off the mat. While the tori is touching the mat with his feet and is supporting none of his weight he is still in ne-waza.  Is he?    This is one end of the spectrum.  The other end of the spectrum is "a".  Most IJF-A would not choose this as a correct answer.  "b" is a viable answer for some.  Many "IJF-A" would choose "c".  The new 2001 IJF pedagogical videotape actually shows an example of this and  concludes that uke should be lifted completely off the mat for matte to be called.  I believe however, that it is not that clear and could be interpreted differently by different people.  Also, (a personal comment)  I disagree with several of the IJF videotape conclusions, but this one I agree with.  So this prophetic source is only valid when it agrees with my opinion.  How convenient.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>SEPTEMBER QUESTIONS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <bR> <div> With regard to Ne-waza.  As each year passes Matte seems to be called sooner and sooner.  Our interpretation of "No apparent progress and the players lie still"  seems to be getting very liberal.  What is your basic philosophy with regard to this matter?     (59)</div> <div> a.  In this age when the IOC is demanding from the IJF that Judo needs to be more exciting, getting them up if there is no immediate result is necessary. This will make it more appealing to the spectators.</div> <div> b.  This liberalizing of the interpretation has changed the intent and spirit of true Ne-waza.  I feel that if a contestant chooses to play in Ne-waza that he should be allowed to without interruption by the officials.  Of course, if there is no apparent progress (old school) then Matte should be called.</div> <div> c.   It isn't a matter of liberal interpretation, it is more of a matter that many referees do not understand ne-waza and when it is appropriate to call Matte. </div> <div> d.  The referee has only five minutes to determine a winner, if there is no recorded scores.  As most ne-waza can not be credited to either contestant as advantage, it is only logical that the referee would call matte and stand them up, where a winner can be more easily determined.</div> <div>      e.    None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> The white contestant is face down on the mat.  The blue contestant is on whites' back.  Blue's legs are wrapped under whites' hips and around each thigh (double grapevine), blue is attempting Hadaka jime.  White realizing this is not a good place to be proceeds to try to stand.  When should the referee announce, Matte?   (60)</div> <div>      a. When the bottom contestant regains a hands and knees position.</div> <div>      b. When the bottom contestant regains a hands and feet position.</div> <div>      c. When the bottom contestant regains a hands and feet position and lifts his hands from the mat.</div> <div>      d.   When the bottom contestant regains a hands and feet position and lifts his hands from the mat and </div> <div> maintains a balanced supporting weight stance momentarily.</div> <div>      e. When the bottom contestant regains a full standing position.</div> <bR> <div> Why break up Shime or Kansetsu waza when uke is almost standing? Which contest rule covers this?  (61)</div> <div> a.  Article 30  It is one of those unwritten rules</div> <div> b.  Article 17 - Application of Matte - paragraph g</div> <div> c.  It has been the custom for years.  It is not in the rules. You just have to know!</div> <div> d. There is a transition from ne-waza to tachi waza so the action can not continue.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> Answers to 9, 10 and 11 will be in the October Issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> National_Referee_Group</div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </div> <bR> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is:      <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><B>http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</B></FONT>          if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B> <A NAME="august_2002"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></B></div> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                       August 2002 (V2N8)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE</B></div> <div> The short version URL is no longer working to access the Shimpando Website. You will have to use the actual URL which is quite long.  Please click on the blue hyperlink just below to access the Shimpando Web Site and then save the site with the longer URL address. http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/</div> <bR> <div> <B>IJF REFEREEING DIRECTOR-JUAN CARLOS BARCOS TO ATTEND U.S. OPEN</B></div> <div> The U.S. Referee Commission has invited the IJF Refereeing Director -  Mr. Juan Carlos Barcos and the PJU Refereeing Director - Mr. Carlos Diaz to this years U.S. Open (October 10-13, 2002).  They will conduct a Refereeing Clinic sometime during that period.  All IJF-A, IJF-B and PJU-C referees are urged to attend.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>REFEREEING TALES</B></div> <div> I have in the past provided stories about referees and refereeing in the days of old that are unusual and funny in some cases.  Unique experiences, but all true.  When time allows I will include these stories in the issues of Shimpando.</div> <bR> <div> "Refereeing by Headlights"</div> <bR> <div> How many of you have ever experienced this?  I recently returned from a Judo Camp. I hold a referee section where we meet three times a day for an hour to an hour and half each session.  This fits into the Judo from 9-11 in the morning and 2:30-4:00 in the afternoon and 7:30-9:00 in the evening.</div> <div> Friday afternoon we hold a tournament where the campers compete and this provides me with an examination environment for referee candidates who have attended all the refereeing sessions during the week, 14 in all.   The tournament started around 2:30 about 3:00 pm it got real dark and the constant thunder started, rolling thunder in the distance.  We were in a very large aluminum building with large glass garage doors as walls.  You could easily get six full IJF competition areas inside this building.  We were using only two full size areas.  </div> <bR> <div> Most of the garage doors were open to provide ventilation.  As the shiai progressed the thunder got louder and louder, lightening closer and closer.  Then it started pouring like I have not seen in a very long time.  It was monsoon type rain, thunder and lightening  drowning out the referee's commands and the crowd's cheers and then the lights went out.  There was barely any sun light because of the clouds and rain.  I left it up to the referee teams, if they thought they could see well enough, they could continue.  They choose to continue.  </div> <bR> <div> We then had a couple of people drive their cars to the sides of the building shining their headlights through the open garage doors.  At first it looked like a good idea until the lights blinded some of the judges.  After some adjustment in angle and height we had about eight cars shining light on the tournament.  This went on for about 45 minutes to an hour and then the rain subsided and the clouds parted and there was "more light".  The tournament ended successfully, we even had a team competition between the Canadian contingent at camp and an U.S. contingent.  When we left around 5:30 pm the sun was out and the ground was nearly dry.  All in all a very unique experience few can say they have experienced.  The power didn't come back on until 4:00 AM the next morning.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> JULY ANSWERS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> During very fast action along the edge of the danger area the blue contestant quickly, momentarily and accidentally steps out into the safety area, but immediately goes back in and continues the very fast action in the danger area.  What should the referee do?</div> <div>      a.  Allow the action to continue as this step out was quick and accidental.</div> <div>      b.  Call Matte!</div> <div>      c.  Call Matte only if the step out was during the attempted execution of a throw.</div> <div>      d.  None of the above are adequate, see the attached sheet.</div> <div> e.  Call Matte!  Then give the blue contestant a chui penalty.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  "e" is the best answer.  Some might say "b". Some might say "d".  "a" is definitely wrong.  "c" is wrong also because it doesn't cover blue stepping out while the players are just moving around.  Now for some kind of explanation.  For some this question may be confusing because of the use of the word "action".  A referee "should" decide whether the stepping out is legal or illegal by what the players are doing.  In simplest terms, if there is a tori and uke ( a throw is being attempted) then stepping out is legal as it can be construed as a means of escape.  This state (Throwing) is known by some as "action".  If the contestants are moving around slow or fast and no throw is being attempted at the time of stepping out, this step out is illegal and should be penalized.  As the contestants are moving around and in some cases quite fast this is also known as "action".  There are some that blur the line between these two different situations.</div> <div> "e" mentions "action" but not throwing.  "e" also mentions giving chui to blue.  This is the correct response from the referee.  </div> <div> In order for a referee to remain consistent and appear fair to all contestants, coaches and spectators, the referee MUST stop the contest anytime and every time either contestant steps out dramatically, quickly, slightly and/or accidentally.  Your decision not to in "certain" cases can be construed as arbitrary and can be seen by some as bias against or for one contestant or the other.  Those who choose "d" would do so because they understood "action to be a throwing state.  Those who chose "b" also think "action" is describing a throwing state.  For clarification among us, please use the clearer terms  Throwing and Action.</div> <bR> <div> During blue's execution of a harai goshi the horn sounds to end the contest, however immediately following the horn (0.3 seconds) white counters blue's attack with tani otoshi.  Should the counter technique be valid?</div> <div>      a.  Yes!  As long as the continuity of the action is intact.</div> <div>      b.  No!   The counter action started after the horn.</div> <div>      c.  Yes!  Each attack must have a counter attack.</div> <div>      d.  No!   The counter action would have had to have started during the sound of the horn to have been a valid counter technique.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER: The best answer is "d".  The kaeshi waza was initiated AFTER the bell.  The action cannot be valid.  Even if the continuity of the kaeshi is seamless with the original (pre-horn) attack, the throw MUST be considered invalid.  "b" is also correct, but is not the best answer because "d" explains why the kaeshi cannot be valid.   </div> <bR> <div> During the bowing procedure when opening a competition area, after the referee and judges have bowed at the edge of the competition area, they walk to:</div> <div>      a.  the outside edge of the danger zone and bow.</div> <div>      b.  the inside edge of the danger zone and bow.</div> <div>      c.  the middle of the danger zone and bow.</div> <div>      d.  anywhere in the danger area they want to.</div> <div> e.  None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  The best answer is "b".  "a" is not correct.  "c" is not correct, because when the referee bows and then steps back so the judges turn, the referee in almost every case steps out of the danger area.  The referee should remain in the danger area according to the protocol.  "d" is anarchy, if you agree to this I will have to summon the Spanish Inquisition.  "e" is just not needed because "b" is the clear answer.</div> <div> When the referee steps (along with the judges) with their toes the inside edge of the danger area, it gives the referee plenty of room to step back so as not to block the judges view of each other when they turn and bow towards each other.  The referee when the step back in this case will remain in the danger area, which is the required protocol.</div> <bR> <div> During the execution of a rearward Hikkomi gaeshi should the effect be valid for scoring purposes?</div> <div>      a.  Yes!</div> <div>      b.  No!   As there is no separation there can never be a score.     </div> <div>      c.  Only if there is separation.</div> <div> d.  Yes!  The separation requirement is only valid in forward  throwing hikkomi gaeshi.</div> <div> e.  Yes!  As long as some impact occurs when uke lands on the mat.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  The best answer is "e".  Most of you may have never seen a rearward hikkomi gaeshi.  It is unusual.  However, it is a throw and should be counted.  As long as it isn't an armlock throw and uke lands with control on their back with force and speed, a score should be awarded. "a" is also correct, but not the best because "e" provides more explanation for valid scoring.   "b" and "c" make reference to an old requirement, which was changed a few years ago.  "d" is not correct as there is no separation requirement for a forward or backward hikkomi gaeshi.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>AUGUST QUESTIONS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 5.  The blue contestant does a cheaply done wrestling one leg take down (dropping to one or both knees, grabbing and bear hugging one leg, then forcing uke to the side in order to knock them to the ground) and doesn't knock uke down to the ground.  What should  the referee do?          (55)</div> <div> Allow the action to continue, if the referee judges the action skillful.</div> <div> Call Matte and restart the contest, if the referee feels the action wasn't skillful.</div> <div>      c.  Call Matte and give blue a chui for dragging his opponent into ne-waza.</div> <div>      d.  Allow the action to continue only if white takes advantage of the situation.</div> <div>      e.  None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 6.     At the beginning of a contest, both contestants go to their designated marks on the mat.  They bow to each other and step forward as prescribed.  When the referee announces "Hajime", the blue contestant drops to his back and entices the white contestant to join him in ne-waza.  What should the referee do?   (56)</div> <div>      a.  Allow the action to continue.</div> <div>      b.  Call Matte and penalize blue with chui.</div> <div>      c.  Call Matte and explain to blue he can't do that and restart the contest.</div> <div>      d.  Call Matte and penalize blue with shido.</div> <div>      e.  None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 7.    When Hikkomi gaeshi techniques are executed, there are many instances when the tori throws uke away, but follows him over at different stages of the technique.  Sometimes, the tori follows up and over after there is 45% of separation.  In some instances when there is 90% of separation. How much separation is necessary for a Hikkomi gaeshi to score?   (57)</div> <div>      a.  separation means completely letting go, thus "separation".</div> <div>      b.  Greater than 45% of separation must exist.</div> <div>      c.  Greater than 90% of separation must exist.</div> <div>      d.  Greater than 135% of separation must exist.          </div> <div>       e.  There must be 180% of separation for a score to be called.</div> <bR> <div> 8.  The white contestant is on his back and the blue contestant is trying to get through the legs into tate shiho gatame. Blue manages to get through the legs and is straddling white's waist but before blue can secure the upper portion of white's body, white executes Tsurikomi jime on red/blue from underneath.  blue can not break the choke immediately and red/blue begins to feel that the choke will become effective, blue stands, but white will not let go of the choke.  When should the referee call "Matte".   (58)</div> <div>      a.  When blue gets to a standing position.</div> <div>      b.  When blue stands and lifts white's upper back off the mat.</div> <div>      c.  When blue stands and lifts white's back and buttocks off the mat, supporting white's weight.  The heels and lower legs still on the mat.  Matte should not be called until blue escapes completely away from white's choke.</div> <div> d.  None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> Answers for 5, 6, 7 and 8 will be found in the September Issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> National_Referee_Group</div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </div> <bR> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is:      http://www.fortunecity.com/skyscraper/terminus/252/                              if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B> <A NAME="july_2002"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></B></div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                                  July 2002 (V2N7)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <bR> <div> News from the PJU</div> <div> The following information was reported from some of the PJU Referee Clinics conducted by Mr. Carlos Diaz, PJU Refereeing Director during the last few months.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Medical Indication</B><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >  We have for years indicated to the injured contestant or line with our palm down.  Mr. Diaz stated that in the PJU he would like to see the palm up.  He says that the Europeans are doing it this way.  The rationale is that this palm up gesture cannot be confused with the Yuko hand gesture, which is similar to the palm down method. Check with your regional authority as to what they will accept.  </FONT></div> <bR> <div> There were several other matters, which were included in some of the reports.  These topics will need to be discussed by the U.S. Referee Commission.</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEBSITE</div> <div> The Shimpando Website has been updated with all back issues of National Referee Newsletter.  See below for access.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> JUNE ANSWERS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 47.  In Article 9 - Location    What is meant by "the effectiveness of the technique is clearly apparent"?</div> <div>      a.  When the throw has been executed and the uke is beginning to fall to the tatami.</div> <div>      b.  When the uke hits the tatami.</div> <div>      c.  When the throw has been executed and the uke is in the middle of falling to the tatami.</div> <div> d.  When the throw has been executed and the uke is just about to hit the tatami.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:</div> <div> We have had this discussion.  I am gravely concerned as to the direction of the IJF-RC most recent decision on this matter.  The best answer is currently "e".  There is a 2002 IJF Video in which several examples show this interpretation being taken to, in my opinion, a dangerously liberal level.  It makes the calling of outside throws much more difficult for the judges and referee.  </div> <div> Many higher referees seem to understand the interpretation to fall within "d", but most consider "c" the better answer.  "b" which used to be the obvious answer, it no longer a viable choice.  The 2002 videotape shows "a" as the interpretation on several throws.  This situation will not be resolved for a while.  It is a benefit that these situations occur so infrequently.</div> <bR> <div> 48.  The contestants are in ne-waza on the edge. The blue contestant is on her back with her legs facing the outside, with half of her body in the safety area.  The white contestant is on her knees facing the blue contestant holding onto blue's pants just below the knees.  The white contestant quickly comes to a semi standing position. She begins a back roll in along blue's left side, as she begins to roll in, she lets go of both knees, however in less then a second the white contestant is in a kesa gatame position with most of her body inside.  What should the referee do?</div> <div> a.  Call matte the instant the white contestant lets go of the blue contestant's pants.</div> <div> b.   Allow the action to continue.  A momentary release as long as there is continuity in the action should be allowed to continue.</div> <div> c.  It depends.  If during the letting go of blue's pants, the white contestant's back is touching blue's leg on the roll down into kesa then white actually is still touching blue and the action is valid.  However, if white lets go of blue's pants and white's loses all contact with red/blue, then Matte should be call and the action stopped.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This may be difficult for those who cannot visualize the physical action of this roll in entry.  "b" is the best answer.  Even with a slight release the continuity of the action continues and the action should be allowed to continue as long as the contestants remain inside according to the rules.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> 49.  The blue contestant attacks with ken ken uchi mata and hops the white contestant out into the safety area with one or two supporting hops, on the third hop the white contestant manages to extract his leg and executes an uchi mata sukashi  Can the white contestant score?</div> <div> a.  Yes!  The uke was in for scoring purposing during tori's attack.  If tori can attack, then uke must be allowed to counter.</div> <div> b.  No!  Once uke went out he was out as tori.  The rules state that if tori is out, a throw can not be valid!  If white where to step out momentarily then move back in and throw, the throw would not be valid.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER: "b' is the best answer.  I had the opportunity to have dinner with Mr. Kojima and Mr. Barcos several years ago.  Mr. Thornton asked this question of them and they both responded with "b' as the correct response.</div> <bR> <div> 50.  The blue contestant attacks with ken ken uchi mata and hops the white contestant out into the safety area with one or two supporting hops. White is circled back into the danger zone on the third hop and before the fourth hop, the white contestant manages to extract his leg and executes an uchi mata sukashi.  Can the white contestant score?</div> <div> a.  Yes!  The uke was in for scoring purposing during tori's attack, but when uke moved back IN and executed the counter technique he was inside.</div> <div> b.  No!  Once uke went out he was out as tori, even if he moved back in.  If white were to step out momentarily then move back in and throw, the throw would not be valid.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This question was not asked at that dinner, but has happened.  I suspect that IJF-A referees would choose either "a" or "b".  Both would provide logic or not to their choice.  The majority would select "b".  Uke did go out.  Suspect I will get some feedback on this one.</div> <bR> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>JULY ANSWERS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY</B></div> <div> <B>NUMBER TWO</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> During very fast action along the edge of the danger area the blue contestant quickly, momentarily and accidentally steps out into the safety area, but immediately goes back in and continues the very fast action in the danger area.  What should the referee do?</div> <div>      a.  Allow the action to continue as this step out was quick and accidental.</div> <div>      b.  Call Matte!</div> <div>      c.  Call Matte only if the step out was during the attempted execution of a throw.</div> <div>      d.  None of the above are adequate, see the attached sheet.</div> <div>      e.  Call Matte!  Then give the blue contestant a chui penalty.</div> <bR> <div> During blue's execution of a harai goshi the horn sounds to end the contest, however immediately following the horn (0.3 seconds) white counters blue's attack with tani otoshi.  Should the counter technique be valid?</div> <div>      a.  Yes!  As long as the continuity of the action is intact.</div> <div>      b.  No!   The counter action started after the horn.</div> <div>      c.  Yes!  Each attack must have a counter attack.</div> <div>      d.  No!   The counter action would have had to have started  during the sound</div> <div>  of the horn to have been a valid counter technique.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> During the bowing procedure when opening a competition area, after the referee and judges have bowed at the edge of the competition area, they walk to:</div> <div>      a.  the outside edge of the danger zone and bow.</div> <div>      b.  the inside edge of the danger zone and bow.</div> <div>      c.  the middle of the danger zone and bow.</div> <div>      d.  anywhere in the danger area they want to.</div> <div>      e.  None of these are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> During the execution of a rearward Hikkomi gaeshi should the effect be valid for scoring purposes?</div> <div>      a.  Yes!</div> <div>      b.  No!   As there is no separation there can never be a score.     </div> <div>      c.  Only if there is separation.</div> <div> d.  Yes!  The separation requirement is only valid in forward  throwing hikkomi gaeshi.</div> <div>      e.  Yes!  As long as some impact occurs when uke lands on the mat.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>National_Referee_Group</B></div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE</B><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >   </FONT></div> <bR> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is: <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="http://nav.to/shimpando" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://nav.to/shimpando"><U><U>http://nav.to/shimpando</U></U></A></FONT> if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B> <A NAME="june_2002"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></B></div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                                  June 2002 (V2N6)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> IJF-B Examination</div> <div> I am happy to report that Barbara Shimizu, Washington passed her IJF-B Referee Examination in Mexico.</div> <bR> <div> PJU-C Examinations</div> <div> I am happy to report the following U.S. National referees passed their PJU-C Referee Examinations.</div> <div> <B>Puerto Rico                               Dominican Republic</B></div> <div> Martin Grisanti, New York                     Calvin Terada, Washington</div> <div> Greg Moore, Arizona                      Cary Yamanaka, Minnesota</div> <div> Dan Takata, California</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEBSITE</div> <div> The Shimpando Website has been updated with all back issues of National Referee Newsletter.  See below for access.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> The following is a Synopsis of the changes, clarifications, interpretations and reiterations to the Refereeing Rules from 1997-2002.  I have covered the significant items.  This handout will be provided as an attachment on an email I will mail to all those on my Shimpando E-Mailing list.</div> <bR> <div> It may be easier to read if you print this out from the attached document in the second email you will receive from Shimpando.</div> <bR> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>1997-2002 IJF RULE CHANGES & CLARIFICATIONS SYNOPSIS</B></div> <div> <B>Provided by: Richard Celotto, IJF-A Referee</B></div> <div> <I>JANUARY 1998          Effective January 1, 1998</I></div> <div> 1.   It is recommended that 8mx8m (26 feet x 26 feet) competition areas be used.  </div> <div> 2.   The blue judogi should be used when a player is called first.  </div> <div> 3.   The judogi jacket (Uwagi) must be folded left over right. No penalty unless they repeat or refuse.</div> <div> 4.   Women may wear a <B>white leotard</B> instead of the white tee shirt.  </div> <div> 5.   Braces on the teeth are acceptable, but a <B>mouthpiece</B> should be worn.</div> <div> <B>The Duration of Osaekomi has been reduced: 25 seconds for Ippon, 20-24.9 seconds for Waza-ari, 15-19.9 seconds for</B></div> <div> <B> Yuko, 10-14.9 seconds for Koka.</B></div> <div> <B>7.    Sacrifice throws such as Hikkomi gaeshi or sumi gaeshi where there is NO separation, but there is control, speed and force </B></div> <div> <B>       will be considered for scoring purposes.</B></div> <div> <B>8.    Koka can be scored on the top of the shoulder in addition to the buttock(s) and thigh.</B></div> <div> <B>9.    Osaekomi must meet an additional criteria "(e) That tori must be in a kesa or shiho position."  </B><I>(One glut-One blade)</I></div> <div> <B>10.  Scissoring the legs from the top or bottom is toketa.   The reverse scissors is toketa if the referee sees control is lost.</B></div> <div> <B>Normal kumi kata is acceptable.  That is white's right hand on blue's left side of the jacket above the belt and white's left </B></div> <div> <B>hand on blue's right side of the jacket above the belt.  Any cross gripping (when white's right hand reaches over to blue's </B></div> <div> <B>right side of the jacket or visa versa) that takes place, the player has to attack within 3 to 5 seconds.</B></div> <div> <B>12.   The execution of Hikkomi (Dragging down) was a chui, it is now a shido.  (Took effect in 1997)</B></div> <div> <B>13.   Stoppage of the contest to tie the hair back is acceptable twice, but after that the penalty is shido. (Took effect in 1997)</B></div> <div> <B>14.  An illegal Waki gatame or Kani basami will now warrant Hansoku make.</B></div> <div> <B>15.  If a contestant is guilty of bad behavior (direct hansoku make) The referee team will report it to the Chief Referee.</B></div> <div> <B>16. The New Weight Divisions: </B></div> <div> <B>Women   45   (99)(PJU)  48 (106)  52 (114)   57 (125)   63 (139)    70 (154)     78 (172)    +78 (+172)</B></div> <div> <B> Men      56 (123)(PJU)  60 (132)  66 (145)   73 (161)   81 (178)    90 (198)   100 (220)  +100 (+220)</B></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>JANUARY 1999          Effective January 1, 1999</B></I></div> <div> <B>Medical Situations</B>: A doctor has one (1) minute, with the Referee's discretion, to attend to a competitor.  In the U.S. this </div> <div> <B>time frame is not enforced in most cases.</B></div> <div> <B>2.    Vomiting: If a contestant vomits the contest is over and the opponent wins by kiken gachi.</B></div> <div> <B>Pistol Grip: The holding of the bottom of the sleeve(s) between the thumb and the forefingers (pistol grip) from below, top or side will be a penalty of Shido </B></div> <div> <B>Black Blazers:  Referees will change from Navy blue to Black blazers.</B></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>MAY 1999               Effective May 1999</B></I></div> <div> During a throwing technique on the edge, the referee believes the throw should score, the judge indicts the throw is out.  </div> <div>         The IJF Referee Commission recommends that a conference be held<I>. </I></div> <div> No longer has to have the first and last competitors on an area bow to joseki at the beginning and end of each session</div> <div> Pistol grips away from the end of the sleeve are all right.  Only when a pistol grip is secured at the end of the sleeve is the penalty given.  Normal grips of the end of the sleeve are allowed, if not used defensively.</div> <div> Elements of Osaekomi  (along with the listed five)</div> <div> <B>Body cover</B> (Not listed in the rules, however an integral part of Osaekomi)</div> <div> <I><B>Osae means to press down from the top.  For a hold to be valid some part of tori's trunk (front of shoulders, chest, abdomen, front pelvic area) must be on top of uke.</B></I></div> <bR> <div> <I><B>OCTOBER 1999          Effective October 1999</B></I></div> <div> All minor medical incidents (free touch) will now be included as medical examinations.  (No more free touch!)</div> <div> Report to the commission if the medic takes longer than 1 minute and the referee team intends to award the win to the opponent<I>.  (International)</I></div> <div> In exceptional cases, the commission will request to stop a contest and voice a "Strong Opinion", but the decision will still rest with the team on the mat.</div> <div> Starting with the 2000 Olympics, female contestants will no longer wear a belt with a white stripe.</div> <div> In a direct Hansoku make situation, after the agreement of the three officials, the referee should give the penalty and then report to the table that the competitor cannot continue on in the event.</div> <div> Holding the lapel tight against the body, turning away and pulling the lapel back is a shido. </div> <div> Slapping the gi under the armpits is shido, if the sleeve end goes under the elbow or near the elbow.</div> <div> Fingers on throat choke is chui</div> <div> Ryote jime without collar grip is shido.</div> <bR> <div> <I><B>JANUARY 1, 2001          Effective January 1, 2001</B></I></div> <div> <B>Holding the end of the sleeve on the top, bottom or side, by folding the sleeve end over (</B>Cat's paw grip<B>) will be an immediate penalty of shido.  Used to break a grip also included.  Cat's Paw is legal if used above sleeve end.</B></div> <div> In Article 27 (a) 1, 2, 5, 6  (Avoid taking hold, excessive defensive posture, gripping sleeve end(s), and fingers interlocked) change, "more than five seconds" to "attack within 3 to 5 seconds".</div> <div> 3.    The competitors will be given <B>one free time</B> to retie their hair and the next time will be a penalty of shido. </div> <div> <B>Hooking one leg</B> between the opponent's legs with no intent to throw.   The IJF Referee Commission agrees that this is not standard kumi kata and the competitor must attack within 3 to 5 seconds or the competitor will be penalized with "shido".  </div> <div> <B>One-handed grip</B> (whether normal or cross) is not  "normal or standard" kumi kata and the competitor has 3 to 5 seconds to attack or the competitor will be penalized with "shido".  If the player is fighting for grips one handed play should be allowed.  Article 27.10</div> <div> The IJF Referee Commission recommends that Article 27 (c) xxvii, which reads, "To make unnecessary calls, remarks or </div> <div>                   gestures derogatory to the opponent or referee during the contest", will now become Hansoku Make, even after sore made.  </div> <div> <B>Cross back gripping</B> of the gi for kumi kata, 3-5 seconds to attack, is shido (not normal kumi  kata).  Any grip that passes over the half way line (spine) even on the collar is not normal kumi kata.  Grips under (O goshi) or over the arm (O tsuri goshi) of uke are normal kumi kata.  If the gripping hand is on the line it is legal.   Article 27.10</div> <div> <B>Reverse Scissors</B> The IJF Referee Commission recommends that scissoring from below like tate shiho gatame (feet/ankle) </div> <div> without loss of "control" is not toketa.  </div> <div> <B>Rubber bracing on the ankle</B> or other material that gives an advantage (increases friction with the mat) to a competitor will</div> <div>         be prohibited. Hansoku make. Against the Spirit of Judo.  Bandages under the foot are allowed, if not advantage perceived.</div> <div> 10.  <B>Head Diving</B>  When tori does such techniques as Uchi mata, Harai goshi, Forward or Backward Kata guruma </div> <div>        makikomi,(standing or from the knees), Sode tsurikomi guruma or any similar, where tori dives directly down and tori's </div> <div>         head,  neck or back  goes under tori's hips in an arc and makes contact with or comes close to the mat (the head need not </div> <div>         touch), the penalty for tori should be Hansoku make.  If tori throws turning laterally (diagonally) and lands on the shoulder </div> <div>         and side of  head from tori's hips the throws should be valid.</div> <div> <B>11.</B>  Spray   Any type of spray or other solutions (i.e. silicone, Tack, methyl silicilate), to give an advantage over the opponent is </div> <div> strictly prohibited. Article 27 (d) xxviii Hansoku Make, against the spirit of Judo.<B>  </B></div> <div> <B>Kicking </B>the contestant in order to injure the opponent is a penalty. The competitor may use an ashi-waza technique to set up </div> <div> the opponent with another throw if done with intent to throw the opponent.   Chui   27.?</div> <div> 13.  Direct Hansoku Make   In direct hansoku make situations, the referee, after conferring with the judges and awarding the </div> <div>        penalty, will advise the jury at the table. The jury will then make a recommendation to the tournament director that this </div> <div>        player be eliminated from further competition in that division. This does not necessarily eliminate this player from </div> <div>        competing in another division or in the team competition. </div> <div> 14.  Judogi lapel thickness 1 cm thick, 5cm wide.  Some Judogi are too thick/ tight in the chest & back, opponent cannot grip.</div> <div> Yellow and Red warning cards or lights to inform coaches of unexceptable behavior.</div> <div> Removal of Article 9 Appendix paragraphs 2 and 5.  Tori may touch out prior to uke impacting on edge throws.</div> <div> Continuity of Impact.  The throw isn't over, until the action is completed.</div> <bR> <div> <I><B>JANUARY 1, 2002          Effective January 1, 2002</B></I></div> <div> 1.    Women's contests will be <B>five minutes</B> in duration.    Parity with Men.</div> <div> If there is <B>a pause before impact</B> the score of a throw should be down graded by one score. </div> <div> Reduced six penalty gestures  NOT IN EFFECT!       Use all previous acceptable gestures.</div> <div> Arriving with Illegal Judogi on the mat-Hansoku make  NOT IN EFFECT!   Use old criteria.</div> <div> Expansion of Kawazu gake definition   NOT IN EFFECT!   Entwining allowed in o soto gari, uchi mata, o uchi gari, etc.</div> <div> Kawazu gake moving from Keikoku to Hansoku make     NOT IN EFFECT until after Junior Worlds (September 2002)</div> <div> <B>The U.S. Referee Commission has approved giving Hansoku make for the Kawazu gake prohited act, effective now.</B></div> <div> U.S. Issue Kawazu gake.    Attempt versus  Complete.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Golden Score     Sudden Death Over Time   </B></div> <div> <B>(Currently used in Europe with good success)</B></div> <div> If contest ends with no score or even call Soremade, clear scoreboard and start overtime immediately (same duration), first point or penalty, the contest is over.  When an Osaekomi goes 10 seconds it is Koka and the contest is over. If even, go to flags.</div> <div> With Team contest( If not using Hiki wake) or Round Robin Osaekomi goes full time.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Allow Ne-waza</B>.  Many referees are not allowing ne-waza.  ALLOW IT!</div> <bR> <div> Be vigilant about <B>Negative Judo</B>.  Penalize it.  It makes for faster and better Judo in the long run.</div> <bR> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> May 2002:  1997-2002 Rules Changes & Clarification Synopsis   Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <bR> <div> "A PAUSE BEFORE IMPACT"    reference:  Item 2 under January 1, 2002 above</div> <bR> <div> First of all, for most of us this is not new.  We have always accounted for "landing in parts or stages" and degraded the score accordingly.</div> <div> One of the Am-Can Workshop participants had a very interesting question.  This "a pause before impact" clarification in some cases makes reference to Article 23 Waza-ari Appendix     "…such as Tomoe nage, if there is an interruption to the throw, waza-ari is the maximum score that should be awarded."</div> <div> This reference is erroneous and should not be used.  After consulting with several IJF-A referees it was the major majority opinion that the pause referred to, relates to the landing phase (kime) of the throw.</div> <div> That is if the knee or hand or head hits and the landing continues to roll to or over the side and/or back that adjustments to the score should be made.  In the case of Tomoe nage, the interruption is during the tsukuri (entry) phase of the throw.  If used as a reference this would mean that ken (hop) ken (hop) uchi mata, no matter how hard and flat uke lands could only achieve a waza-ari, because of the "pause" in the "tsukuri" phase of the throw.  This is patently absurd.  The question was very insightful and I knew the asker was aware of the inappropriate reference, but needed clarification. </div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> MAY ANSWERS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 43.  During the execution of O soto gari, the blue contestant places his right foot onto white's lead foot (right) with enough weight to prevent white from withdrawing his leg back but not enough weight to cause any injury. Blue then steps in with his left leg and draws white up onto his right leg, then quickly takes his right leg and reaps out whites' right leg.  What should the referee do?  (231)</div> <div> Call Matte and penalize the blue contestant with keikoku under Article 27.29.</div> <div> Allow the action to continue and call the resulting score.  </div> <div> Call Matte and penalize the blue contestant with shido under Article 27.14</div> <div>      d.  Call Matte.  Restart the contest and assess no penalty.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  I cannot provide you with a definitive answer so "e" is the most appropriate answer right now.  I have never seen it used in contest, but have seen it and used it in randori in the dojo.  Never saw anyone hurt with it, and saw many fall to its simplicity in defeating the age old defense to O soto gari, stepping back.  I did ask two very senior IJF-A referees, one a past IJF-RC chairman about this and both said it was not allowed.  Neither could provide me with a reason why.  Nor could they provide me under which penalty it should be placed or should it just not be allowed, but wasn't illegal.  I personally do not see why it should not be allowed.</div> <div> Obviously a and c make reference to prohibited acts that have nothing to do with this situation.  "b" would be my personal answer.  "d" would be the senior "A" referees response.</div> <bR> <div> 44.  The blue contestant is on her elbows and knees, sideways (head toward a judge, buttocks to the other corner) on the edge of the contest area with about a 1/4 of her body in the safety area. The white contestant while working on blue from the inside side stands and straddles blue's back (riding a horse) in order to lock the legs and break blue down flat.  During the step over white's foot bares supporting weight momentarily prior to the foot sliding in between blues elbow and knee and tori's weight falling onto uke's back.  What should the referee do in this situation?</div> <div> Allow the action to continue. </div> <div> Call Matte and penalize white chui for going outside.</div> <div> Call Matte. No penalty would be given because white was executing a technique and was in action.</div> <div>  d.    I can not visualize this situation by the above description.</div> <div>  e.   None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  You will hear two responses to this situation.  Some would believe that "b" is the most appropriate answer.  Even though uke is in Ne-waza, Tori is standing if even for a moment with significant supporting weight.  This is a violation and should be penalized.  If the Tori had acquired the proper position on top of uke's back without placing supporting weight then the action should be allowed to continue.</div> <bR> <div> Some others will say "a" is the most appropriate answer.  As the tori is in action to execute an entry into ne-waza the action should be allowed to continue.  This interpretation seems to be more in line with the current IJF-RC handling of it's lenient interpretation of Tori going outside prior to Uke landing on the safety area..</div> <bR> <div> 45.  In Article 9 in the Appendix, paragraph 4 it states, "Therefore, neither foot of the thrower should leave the contest area before his back or hips touch the mat."  What does this mean?</div> <div> During the execution of any sutemi waza the back or hips must touch the tatami first before the foot could be used to throw.</div> <div> This sentence specifically refers to sutemi waza such as Yoko otoshi, Uki waza and Tani otoshi, et al., where if done on the edge, the foot and leg could be placed outside in the safety area with some weight prior to the hip or back touching the tatami inside. This would nullify the throw and could get tori a chui.</div> <div> This sentence specifically refers to sutemi waza, sumi otoshi, ura nage, and yoko gake where the foot could touch the outside prior to tori landing on his back or hips.  This would make the throw invalid and could get tori a chui.</div> <div>      d. None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  This always confused me because it made reference to sutemi and I always thought Tomoe nage.  The problem is that 99% of players lift the foot off the mat prior to the hips hitting the mat.  So this did not make sense.  However, when using sutemi such as mentioned in "b" above it started to make sense.  When executing such throws on the edge one cannot allow tori's foot to be place on the safety area with supporting weight prior to the hip landing in the danger area.</div> <bR> <div> The most appropriate answer is "b" because in the named throws the tripping leg can be placed in the safety area with supporting weight before the hip landing on the mat.  Interestingly due to the current IJF-RC lenient policy on such edge play, this interpretation will probably not be applied as it was meant.  "c" is a foil, close but not close enough as the throws mentioned wouldn't be appropriate to the situation discussed. In sumi otoshi, ura nage and yoko gake the foot or feet remain inside or up in the air.  "a' is definitely not possible as it does not make sense because Tomoe nage and similar throws the foot doesn't go out, but up.</div> <bR> <div> 46.  Both contestants are in ne-waza on the edge. One of the them has about half their body inside the safety area. The other contestant is completely in the danger zone, they then separate completely.  When should matte be called?</div> <div>      a.  When the whole of one body goes into the safety area.</div> <div>      b.  When more than half of one body goes into the safety area.</div> <div>      c.  When both contestants have no part of their bodies touching the danger zone.</div> <div>      d.  When more than half of both bodies goes into the safety area.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  This is not stated clearly in the rules.  During a several day clinic held in the Dominican Republic several years ago.  Mr. Carlos Calleja stated that in such an edge situation where the players separated for any significant time (1-2 seconds) that the half of one body rule should be applied.  Therefore, "b" is the most appropriate answer.  I do not know if this is still the case with the current regime in place?</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> JUNE QUESTIONS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <bR> <div> 47.  In Article 9 - Location    What is meant by "the effectiveness of the technique is clearly apparent"?</div> <div>      a.  When the throw has been executed and the uke is beginning to fall to the tatami.</div> <div>      b.  When the uke hits the tatami.</div> <div>      c.  When the throw has been executed and the uke is in the middle of falling to the tatami.</div> <div> When the throw has been executed and the uke is just about to hit the tatami.</div> <div> None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> 48.  The contestants are in ne-waza on the edge. The blue contestant is on her back with her legs facing the outside, with half of her body in the safety area.  The white contestant is on her knees facing the blue contestant holding onto blue's pants just below the knees.  The white contestant quickly comes to a semi standing position. She begins a back roll in along blue's left side, as she begins to roll in, she lets go of both knees, however in less then a second the white contestant is in a kesa gatame position with most of her body inside.  What should the referee do?</div> <div> Call matte the instant the white contestant lets go of the blue contestant's pants.</div> <div> Allow the action to continue.  A momentary release as long as there is continuity in the action should be allowed to continue.</div> <div> It depends.  If during the letting go of blue's pants, the white contestant's back is touching blue's leg on the roll down into kesa then white actually is still touching blue and the action is valid.  However, if white lets go of blue's pants and white's loses all contact with red/blue, then Matte should be call and the action stopped.</div> <bR> <div> 49.  The blue contestant attacks with ken ken uchi mata and hops the white contestant out into the safety area with one or two supporting hops, on the third hop the white contestant manages to extract his leg and executes an uchi mata sukashi  Can the white contestant score?</div> <div> Yes!  The uke was in for scoring purposing during tori's attack.  If tori can attack, then uke must be allowed to counter.</div> <div> No!  Once uke went out he was out as tori.  The rules state that if tori is out, a throw can not be valid!  If white where to step out momentarily then move back in and throw, the throw would not be valid.</div> <bR> <div> 50.  The blue contestant attacks with ken ken uchi mata and hops the white contestant out into the safety area with one or two supporting hops. White is circled back into the danger zone on the third hop and before the fourth hop, the white contestant manages to extract his leg and executes an uchi mata sukashi.  Can the white contestant score?</div> <div> Yes!  The uke was in for scoring purposing during tori's attack, but when uke moved back IN and executed the counter technique he was inside.</div> <div> No!  Once uke went out he was out as tori, even if he moved back in.  If white were to step out momentarily then move back in and throw, the throw would not be valid.</div> <bR> <div> Answers to 47, 48, 49 and 50 will be in the July Issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> National_Referee_Group</div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is: <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="http://nav.to/shimpando" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://nav.to/shimpando"><U><U>http://nav.to/shimpando</U></U></A></FONT> if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div>  <A NAME="may_2002"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                        May 2002 (V2N5)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> Clarification of the changes mentioned in the previous report from April will be in the next issue.</div> <bR> <div> Am Can Referee Seminar (Workshop)</div> <bR> <div> This "All Day" referee seminar is in its fifth year.  There is videotape score analysis, review of interpretive nuances.  Referee's Expected Behaviors.  There will be some on the mat activities involving positioning, communications, unorthodox osaekomi, and other topics that present themselves.  </div> <div> We will have an Expert Panel Discussion with those IJF-A referees present.</div> <bR> <div> Last year- Dr. Sachio Ashida, Mr. Richard Hugh, Mr. Tom Seabasty, Mr. Russ Scherer and Mr. Richard Celotto (moderator) covered some areas of refereeing rarely discussed.  There will be more of the same this year.</div> <bR> <div> The Seminar is held on Friday May 24, 2002 at the State University of New York at Buffalo- Alumni Arena-Lower level Classroom.  The Seminar starts at 10:00 AM.  Lunch will be provided at no cost by the Am-Can Host Committee.  The program will end approximately 5:30 PM</div> <bR> <div> The Am-Can has 8 competition areas.  We need as many National and International Referees as we can get.  Please be a part of this perennial Judo Extravaganza.  It is a wonderful and unique experience.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> APRIL ANSWERS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 39   When a throw is executed on the edge where the tori stays in and the uke lands on his front in  the safety area, the judge should:</div> <div>      a.  signal the contestant as out, as the throw can not score.</div> <div>      b.  signal the contestant as in.</div> <div>      c.  signal the "not valid" gesture to indicate the throw can not score.</div> <div>      d.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  The correct answer is "b".  The judges' indication of in or out is based on the throw being valid or not valid.  It is not to be confused with whether the throw should score.  Too many times (more than you could imagine) I have watched a judge signal a throw "out", when in fact it was completely in.  The throw was to uke's front.  When the judge came off the Mat, I inquire as to why he called the throw out when it was in, his response (from many) was that the uke landed on his front so the throw would not score and he didn't want to confuse the referee.  This response though completely wrong has some validity.  I have seen throws on the edge where the judge calls it exactly right, uke lands on his front, and the referee gives a Koka or Yuko.  When I asked the referee why he gave a score to a throw to the front, his response was not "in my opinion it was to the side or hip", which would be a logical excuse, though (wrong in this examiner's opinion in that particular case), but his explanation would be because the judge called the throw "in".  CALL the throw in or out.  The judges In or Out hand gesture has nothing to do with whether the throw should score.  That is a separate decision that the referee and judges must make.</div> <bR> <div> 40.  In Article 9 - Location   When it states, "the foot moves over the safety area".  What does that mean exactly?</div> <div>      a.  The foot moves over, but doesn't touch the safety area tatami</div> <div>      b.  The foot skims (touches) with little or no weight the safety area tatami.</div> <div>      c.  The foot brushes with some weight the safety area tatami.</div> <div>      d.  The foot touches with partial supporting weight the safety area tatami.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  This is one of those that hardly ever gets explained clearly.  The best answers depending on which camp you are in.  "a" is definitely not correct as a best answer even though it would fall into the definition of "moves over the safety area".  This action would be considered on the conservative side of the definition of "moves over".  What do I mean by this?  Any one familiar with a continuum?  A range of correct possible responses moving from Liberal to Conservative.  "b" is acceptable for most referees. "c" is acceptable for many referees, but some believe that even this "brushing with some weight" is too much weight and makes the throw invalid for scoring purposes. The majority of top referees does not support "d".  </div> <bR> <bR> <div> Article 9 Location  "foot moves over the safety area" Continuum</div> <bR> <div>  <FONT SIZE="2" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" >(51-100%)          Partial (50%)        Slight (25%)      Touching (10%)  Touches (Skims)     Not     </FONT></div> <div> Supporting             Supporting         Supporting           with Little               with No            Touching</div> <div> Weight                     Weight                 Weight                Weight                Weight</div> <div>     |________________|_____________|______________|____________|______________|</div> <bR> <div> Definitely            Most will           Many, but not all       90% would      All referees         All referees</div> <div> Not valid.         consider this         would consider          consider          consider             consider</div> <div>                           NOT VALID.              this VALID!          this VALID!      this VALID!        this VALID!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> 41. A throw is executed on the edge and tori is moving very quickly and his force and the throws momentum causes tori's supporting leg to lift from the danger zone into the air. If the uke lands in the safety area on their back, when is the throw valid?</div> <div>      a.  As long as tori touches the danger zone after uke lands in the safety area.</div> <div>      b.  As long as uke lands before or at the same time as tori. </div> <div>      c.  As long as tori touches the danger zone before uke lands.</div> <div>      d.  As long as uke lands before tori.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  The best answer now is "e".  The rule Article 9 Location   Exceptions (a) stated that a throw was valid if the action was "clearly apparent".  The fifth paragraph of the Appendix of this article clearly stated the meaning of  "clearly apparent".  "If the thrower falls outside the contest area whilst making a throw, the action will only be considered for scoring purposes where the opponent's body touches the mat before the thrower's body.  Therefore if a thrower's knee, hand or any other part of his body touches the safety area before his opponent's any result obtained thereby should be disregarded."  I personally believe this to be the rule.  I use the bullet analogy.  The bullet isn't effective until it hits "clearly apparent".  The same with a throw.  The throw is not clearly apparent until uke hits the ground.</div> <bR> <div> However, the current IJF Referee Commission felt that this fifth paragraph was contrary to the "their" true meaning of "clearly apparent" and ordered the removal of the 5<FONT SIZE="1" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" >th</FONT> paragraph from the appendix of Article 9.  At this time, "clearly apparent" seems to mean that tori can touch outside with supporting weight prior to uke landing.  The question is, at which stage of the throw can tori touch out prior to uke landing.  This makes this decision process much more complicated.  Some are saying that the throw must be more than 50% complete.  Others are saying 75% complete.  </div> <div> "a" is a nonsense answer.  "b" would have been the best answer a year ago.   "c" is another nonsense answer.  "d" is also correct for a good answer a year ago, but doesn't deal with the reality of simultaneous landings.</div> <bR> <div> 42.  A Soto makikomi is executed right on the edge and the tori's arm touches the safety area prior to uke's impact.  When can the score be valid?  We must clarify the meaning of the word "touches".</div> <div> a.   If the tori skims his hand with slight weight (estimated at less then 10% of his total weight) the throw can be considered valid.</div> <div> b.   If the tori brushes (scrapes) his hand with little weight (estimated at less then 25% of his total weight) the throw can be considered valid.</div> <div> c.   If the tori contacts his hand and arm with some weight (estimated at less than 50% of his total weight) the throw can be considered valid.</div> <div> d.   If the tori contacts his hand and arm with partially supporting weight (estimated from 50-90% of his total weight) the throw can be considered valid.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  I love this question because if you try to get a straight answer you will be twisted into knots with masterful Zen philosophy and when finished you will come away with profound confusion and dismay and no closer to a concrete answer.  Most "A" referees will avoid answering this question.  This is a matter of degrees.  Most will respond that you cannot quantify what is weight and what is supporting weight.  I believe as a referee you must quantify these degrees, it is your duty.</div> <div> In my opinion the best answer is "b".  You must use a similar Continuum as outlined in the answer for question 40.  From observations and conversions with many higher ups "c" is for many too much weight. However, some still would consider that much supporting weight (less than 50%) still a valid throw.  "a" is clearly correct (conservative) but not the best answer.  Most if not all referees would consider "d" not valid.  With the NEW   changes to article 9  "d" is now the best answer.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> MAY QUESTIONS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <bR> <div> 43.  During the execution of O soto gari, the red/blue contestant places his right foot onto white's lead foot (right) with enough weight to prevent white from withdrawing his leg back but not enough weight to cause any injury. Red/blue then steps in with his left leg and draws white up onto his right leg, then quickly takes his right leg and reaps out whites' right leg.  What should the referee do?  (231)</div> <div> a.  Call Matte and penalize the red/blue contestant with keikoku under Article 27.29.</div> <div> b.  Allow the action to continue and call the resulting score.  </div> <div> c.  Call Matte and penalize the red/blue contestant with shido under Article 27.14</div> <div>      d.  Call Matte.  Restart the contest and assess no penalty.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> 44.  The red/blue contestant is on her elbows and knees, sideways (head toward a judge, buttocks to the other corner) on the edge of the contest area with about a 1/4 of her body in the safety area. The white contestant while working on red/blue from the inside side stands and straddles red/blue's back (riding a horse) in order to lock the legs and break red/blue down flat.  During the step over white's foot bares supporting weight momentarily prior to the foot sliding in between red/blues elbow and knee and tori's weight falling onto uke's back.  What should the referee do in this situation</div> <div> a.   Allow the action to continue. </div> <div> b.   Call Matte and penalize white chui for going outside.</div> <div> c.   Call Matte. No penalty would be given because white was executing a technique and was in action.</div> <div> d.    I can not visualize this situation by the above description.</div> <div> e..   None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> 45.  In Article 9 in the Appendix, paragraph 4 it states, "Therefore, neither foot of the thrower should leave the contest area before his back or hips touch the mat."  What does this mean?</div> <div> a.  During the execution of any sutemi waza the back or hips must touch the tatami first before the foot could be used to throw.</div> <div> b.  This sentence specifically refers to sutemi waza such as Yoko otoshi, Uki waza and Tani otoshi, et al., where if done on the edge, the foot and leg could be placed outside in the safety area with some weight prior to the hip or back touching the tatami inside. This would nullify the throw and could get tori a chui.</div> <div> c.  This sentence specifically refers to sutemi waza, sumi otoshi, ura nage, and yoko gake where the foot could touch the outside prior to tori landing on his back or hips.  This would make the throw invalid and could get tori a chui.</div> <div> d. None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> 46.  Both contestants are in ne-waza on the edge. One of the them has about half their body inside the safety area. The other contestant is completely in the danger zone, they then separate completely.  When should matte be called?</div> <div>      a.  When the whole of one body goes into the safety area.</div> <div>      b.  When more than half of one body goes into the safety area.</div> <div>      c.  When both contestants have no part of their bodies touching the danger zone.</div> <div>      d.  When more than half of both bodies goes into the safety area.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> Answers to 43, 44, 45, and 46 will be in the next issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>National_Referee_Group</B></div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </B></div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is: <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="http://nav.to/shimpando" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://nav.to/shimpando"><U><U>http://nav.to/shimpando</U></U></A></FONT> if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div>  <A NAME="april_2002"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                                      April 2002 (V2N4)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> U.S. Referee Commission Report</div> <bR> <div> The following is a report from Mr. Roy Englert, member of the United States Referee Commission</div> <bR> <div> <B>RECENT RULE CHANGES</B></div> <div> By Roy Englert</div> <bR> <div> In the last two years there have been several controversial changes to rules and rule interpretations. In some instances the IJF has announced but then suspended rule changes. In other instances particular Unions have delayed implementation of certain changes. In still other instances there have been rumors about what certain Unions are doing, not all of which prove to be true.</div> <div> The 2002 Senior Nationals in Cleveland gave the U.S. Referee Commission a chance to get together and pool our best information and reach consensus on how -- for now at least -- we will apply the latest rules and interpretations in this country. The following discussion attempts to present a faithful summary of the RC discussion in Cleveland. It is divided into four parts: 2001 changes, 2002 changes, Golden Score (a new rule <U>not</U> yet adopted by the IJF but used on the European Tour and used experimentally at the U.S. Senior Nationals), and other clarifications.</div> <bR> <div> 2001 Changes</div> <bR> <div> <U>All</U> 2001 rule changes are in effect in the United States and, as far as we know, throughout the world. A rumor had spread that the 2001 changes were not being followed in Europe. That rumor is false. Europe did <U>delay </U>implementation of the 2001 rule changes for a portion of last year, and there may be some lingering differences of <U>interpretation</U> between Europe and the United States, but all 2001 rule changes are fully in effect.</div> <div> A number of the rule changes that took effect January 1, 2001, are relatively minor or apply to situations that occur infrequently. For example, the penalty for unnecessary remarks or gestures derogatory to the opponent or an official was changed from keikoku to hansoku make. The number of "free" occasions when the match may be stopped to allow a player to tie her (or his) hair was changed to one; the second stoppage will result in a shido. Scissoring from below was declared to be <U>not</U> toketa. And falling directly backward while performing kata guruma has been banned; the penalty is hansoku make.</div> <div> The more noteworthy of the 2001 rule changes pertained to head diving and kumi kata. This is not the occasion for a complete explanation of the head diving rule, but suffice it to say that, in the United States and throughout the world, techniques in which tori dives directly onto or flips directly over his head will be penalized with hansoku make, whether or not tori's head touches the mat.</div> <div> With respect to kumi kata, the rules are controversial but clear. The "cat's paw" grip has joined the pistol grip and the inside-the-sleeve grip as immediately illegal grips, penalized shido as soon as they occur, without waiting 3-5 seconds. All other non-normal grips may be held 3-5 seconds, or while tori is attacking. A non-normal grip is penalized shido if held 3-5 seconds without an attack. A normal grip is one in which the right hand is on the left side of the opponent's gi above the belt and the left hand is on the right side of the opponent's gi above the belt. O tsuri goshi and ko tsuri goshi grips <U>are</U> normal (as long as the hand gripping the back of the gi is on the correct side and is not on the belt), contrary to some misinformation we had last year. A one-handed grip is <U>not</U> normal, although referees should not give penalties for one-handed grips to players who are involved in ordinary grip fighting and are trying to achieve a normal grip but have not yet been able to secure a grip with one hand.</div> <div> Again, all of the 2001 rules are in effect throughout the world. The European Commission may be placing more emphasis on the player's affirmative or defensive attitude, resulting in more "lax" enforcement, but the rules are in effect in Europe as everywhere else.</div> <bR> <div> 2002 Changes</div> <bR> <div> The situation is very different with respect to the 2002 rule changes. Most of the changes that the IJF announced for 2002 have been suspended by the IJF itself -- not individual Unions -- and are not in effect. This article will discuss two changes that <U>are</U> in effect, then the ones that are not.</div> <div> The IJF has established parity in men's and women's match times. For major events, this means that men's and women's matches each last 5 minutes of regulation time.</div> <div> The IJF has announced, "if there is a pause before the landing on the back, side, hip, etc. [then the throw] will be downgraded by one score. The principle is the same as tomoe-nage where [if] there is a pause the maximum the score can be is waza-ari." In the opinion of the U.S. Referee Commission, this rule change is in effect but will change the score awarded for few if any throws.</div> <div> <U>Not</U> in effect are the new penalty gestures the IJF had announced for 2002; and the hansoku make penalty for coming to the contest with a gi that is too small or otherwise illegal. These changes will be reviewed at the Junior Worlds in Korea in September 2002. They may or may not take effect later.</div> <div> Also not in effect, but meriting extended discussion, is the new kawazu gake rule that had been slated to take effect in 2002. This change was to be reviewed at the IJF Refereeing Seminar in Egypt in April 2002, so more information may be available soon.</div> <div> The suspended 2002 rule change had two components: an increase in the penalty from keikoku to hansoku make, and a change in the definition of the prohibited act. Pending further guidance from the IJF, the U.S. Referee Commission understands <U>both</U> components to have been suspended. Therefore, keikoku - not hansoku make - will be given for violation of Article 27(c)(xxii) as it appears in the latest (1998) rulebook.</div> <div> There is, however, lingering controversy about what the <U>existing</U> rule means. All agree (unless and until the IJF changes the rule) that some techniques involving entwinement of the legs are legal. All also agree that the rule <U>does</U> prohibit a technique in which tori (a) entwines uke's leg, (b) falls backward onto uke, and (c) is facing more or less in the same direction as uke. The controversy pertains to situations in which tori begins ("attempts") the illegal action but turns during its execution so that, on landing, tori is no longer facing more or less in the same direction as uke. In the majority view of the U.S. Referee Commission in Cleveland, this situation is counted as a prohibited act under the 1998 rule and should be penalized keikoku. In the minority view, a turn during the execution of the throw negates the required elements and should result in an appropriate score rather than a penalty. The majority view should be followed until we get further clarification.</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> Golden Score</div> <bR> <div> Following a vote of the Board of Directors, sudden-death overtime - the Golden Score - was used in lieu of hantei for the regular shiai (non-Masters) divisions at the 2002 Senior Nationals, on an experimental basis. My personal observation is that the Golden Score is very popular and will almost certainly be the way of the future.</div> <div> Under the Golden Score rule, the referee does not call "sore made" when time expires and the score is tired. Instead, he or she simply calls "matte." The players are instructed to adjust their judogis, and the scoreboard is cleared. The clock is reset as if starting an entire new match (<U>e.g.</U>, 5-minute maximum overtime for a 5-minute match).</div> <div> The referee calls hajime, and the match continues until one player achieves a score of any level by any means - nage waza, ne waza, or opponent's penalty. At that point the referee makes the normal call, followed immediately by sore made (<U>e.g.</U>, "koka, sore made"; "shido, sore made"), and awards the match.</div> <div> In the unlikely event that the entire overtime period elapses without a score or penalty, then hantei is called as has been done in the past. The referee and judges should base their hantei votes on the overtime period alone. There is thus no need to keep track of "kinsas" or other decision-influencing but non-scoring factors during regulation time when the Golden Score rule is in effect.</div> <div> Two related questions arose to which we do not have definitive answers. One is whether, for point purposes, an overtime win should be counted as a minimal victory or instead as a victory corresponding to the score achieved in overtime (<U>e.g.</U>, 10-point win for an ippon in overtime). The related question is whether an osaekomi should be stopped at the 10-second mark (because a koka has been scored) or allowed to continue the full 25 seconds (giving the player an opportunity for a higher "value" win but also, in theory at least, a chance to lose by committing a prohibited act or being choked out before any score is awarded. For purposes of the 2002 Senior Nationals, we decided to count overtime scores according to their value and allow osaekomi to continue the full 25 seconds unless broken.</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> Other Clarifications</div> <bR> <div> Strong emphasis has been placed by the IJF, and was placed at the 2002 Senior Nationals, on allowing ne waza to continue while there is progress. There has been a steady statistical decline in the percentage of matches decided by ne waza, and at least part of the reason is that referees have been too impatient with ne waza. That trend needs to be reversed, both by greater patience and by greater <U>understanding</U> of ne waza by referees so that they <U>recognize</U> progress. There was some improvement at this year's Senior Nationals.</div> <div> A technical question discussed in Cleveland was whether the result should be hansoku make or kiken gachi when a player cannot continue because of an injury caused by the opponent's prohibited act. It was decided that, if the prohibited act would not otherwise warrant hansoku make, it should not be "upgraded" to hansoku make just because the opponent cannot continue. Rather, the normal level of penalty should be given the offending player and then, in accordance with Article 29, the player who cannot continue should be declared the winner by <U>kiken gachi</U>. This result allows the losing player to continue in the loser's pool, repechage, or round robin if otherwise eligible, whereas a direct hansoku make would disqualify the player from the division and any medal.</div> <div> Finally, it was reemphasized in Cleveland that kicking the opponent - as distinguished from actual (even if incompetent) ashi waza attempts - should be penalized chui.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> Am Can Referee Seminar (Workshop)</div> <bR> <div> This "All Day" referee seminar is in its fifth year.  There is videotape score analysis, review of interpretive nuances.  Referee's Expected Behaviors.  There will be some on the mat activities involving positioning, communications, unorthodox osaekomi, and other topics that present themselves.  </div> <div> We will have an Expert Panel Discussion with those IJF-A referees present.</div> <bR> <div> Last year- Dr. Sachio Ashida, Mr. Richard Hugh, Mr. Tom Seabasty, Mr. Russ Scherer and Mr. Richard Celotto (moderator) covered some areas of refereeing rarely discussed.  There will be more of the same this year.</div> <bR> <div> The Seminar is held on Friday May 24, 2002 at the State University of New York at Buffalo- Alumni Arena-Lower level Classroom.  The Seminar starts at 10:00 AM.  Lunch will be provided at no cost by the Am-Can Host Committee.  The program will end approximately 5:30 PM</div> <bR> <div> The Am-Can has 8 competition areas.  We need as many National and International Referees as we can get.  Please be a part of this perennial Judo Extravaganza.  It is a wonderful and unique experience.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> MARCH ANSWERS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> The blue contestant when he walks onto the contest area to start his contest has the right side of his jacket folded OVER the left side of his jacket.  What should the referee do? (230) </div> <div> Stop the blue contestant and have him change the jacket to left side over right. </div> <div>      b.  Allow the blue contestant to compete as is.</div> <div>      c.  Penalize the blue contestant with shido for disarranging the Judogi.</div> <div> Penalize the blue contestant with keikoku for derogatory gesture and action against the spirit of </div> <div> Judo.</div> <div> None of the above are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <div> ANSWER:   "a" is the correct answer.  Prior to Mr. Kojima being Director of Refereeing it didn't matter which way the jacket was folded.  Some countries purposefully told their playing to fold the jacket right over left to confuse their opponents.  When Mr. Kojima started bringing Judo back to Judo, along with stressing bowing procedures and etiquette the Commission also passed the rule that the jacket had to be folded left over right.  Traditionally, the kimono folded right over left indicated that the person wearing the kimono was dead.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> 36.  The white contestant begins to execute Morote gari at the white tape on the contest area.  The red/blue contestant defends against it by sprawling back, but white continues to charge attempting to draw uke's legs towards him.  The white contestant continues the Morote gari over the blue tape and finally throws uke outside on the far side of where he started the attack (22 feet from where he started the attack.).  The white contest remained inside when executing the throw.  What should the referee do?        (228)</div> <div> The tori is allowed only 3 steps back when executing Morote gari, so Matte should be called.</div> <div> Allow the action to continue and give the appropriate score.</div> <div> The completion of Morote gari must be done simultaneously with the grasping of the legs, if this does not occur then Matte should be called and white penalized with a shido according to Article 27.14</div> <div>      d.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  The correct answer is "b".  I cannot tell you how many times I have heard answer "a" given at clinics.  They proceed to the mechanics of Morote gari and the form of the throw.  The fact is in real life "b" is the answer.  As long as uke is off balanced and tori is trying, the action should be allowed to continue.  I could go on for a few pages on this one, but we do not have the space or time.</div> <bR> <div> When the referee indicates the winner, the hand should be:</div> <div>      a.  hand open fingers together and extended, thumb tucked, little finger side down (palm </div> <div> forward)</div> <div>      b.  hand open fingers together and slightly curled, thumb up and palm up.</div> <div> c.  hand open, fingers together and extended, thumb tucked down, palm forward and facing up at a </div> <div> 45% angle.</div> <div> d.  hand open, fingers together and extended, thumb tucked down, and palm facing down.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  This is one of these question that some would say "who cares".  However, after observing the best referees in the World the majority do "c".</div> <bR> <div> 38.  When indicating the gesture for non-combativity the hands rotate around each other. What position should they be in?</div> <div>      a.   The hands should be made into fists.</div> <div> The hands should be flat, fingers extended and together with the thumb tucked against the index finger and the palms facing towards the referee.</div> <div> The hands should be made into loose fists with two finger extended as they rotate around each other.</div> <div> The hands are slightly cupped, finger together with the thumb tucked against the index finger and the palms facing towards the referee.</div> <div> None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  The correct answer is "b".  The hands should not be made into fists or fingers one of two extended from a closed fist.  The hands should be flat.  This is the way the best in the World do it.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> APRIL QUESTIONS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 39   When a throw is executed on the edge where the tori stays in and the uke lands on his front in   the safety area, the judge should:</div> <div>      a.  signal the contestant as out, as the throw can not score.</div> <div>      b.  signal the contestant as in</div> <div>      c.  signal the "not valid" gesture to indicate the throw can not score.</div> <div>      d.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> 40.  In Article 9 - Location   When it states, "the foot moves over the safety area".  What does that mean exactly?</div> <div>      a.  The foot moves over, but doesn't touch the safety area tatami</div> <div>      b.  The foot skims (touches) with little or no weight the safety area tatami.</div> <div>      c.  The foot brushes with some weight the safety area tatami.</div> <div>      d.  The foot touches with partial supporting weight the safety area tatami.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> 41. A throw is executed on the edge and tori is moving very quickly and his force and the throws momentum causes tori's supporting leg to lift from the danger zone into the air. If the uke lands in the safety area on their back, when is the throw valid?</div> <div>      a.  As long as tori touches the danger zone after uke lands in the safety area.</div> <div>      b.  As long as uke lands before or at the same time as tori. </div> <div>      c.  As long as tori touches the danger zone before uke lands.</div> <div>      d.  As long as uke lands before tori.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> 42.  A Soto makikomi is executed right on the edge and the tori's arm touches the safety area prior to uke's impact.  When can the score be valid?  We must clarify the meaning of the word "touches".</div> <div> If the tori skims his hand with slight weight (estimated at less then 10% of his total weight) the throw can be considered valid.</div> <div> If the tori brushes (scrapes) his hand with little weight (estimated at less then 25% of his total weight) the throw can be considered valid.</div> <div> If the tori contacts his hand and arm with some weight (estimated at less than 50% of his total weight) the throw can be considered valid.</div> <div> If the tori contacts his hand and arm with partially supporting weight (estimated from 50-90% of his total weight) the throw can be considered valid</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> Answers to 39, 40, 41 and 42 in the next issue.</div> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <bR> <div> National_Referee_Group</div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> SHIMPANDO WEB SITE   </div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is: <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="http://nav.to/shimpando" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://nav.to/shimpando"><U><U>http://nav.to/shimpando</U></U></A></FONT> if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <div>  <A NAME="march_2002"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                       March 2002 (V2N3)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> Kawazu gake Matter</div> <bR> <div> There was some confusion as to the meaning of the Barcos' letter.  The U.S. Referee Commission passed a procedural rule recently stating that any IJF rule changes that take place must be reviewed and approved by the U.S. Referee Commission before they can be utilized in the United States.  In rule changes involving competitor safety the rule change would be reviewed by the USRC Executive Committee and a ruling  made to follow until the next USRC meeting.</div> <bR> <div> The USRC in October 2001 in Las Vegas ruled that the United States would apply the penalty of Hansoku make for the execution of Kawazu gake, which followed the guideline set by the IJF back in October.  This ruling will stand until it is reviewed at the USRC meeting in April in Cleveland.</div> <bR> <div> 2002 Rules      European Style</div> <bR> <div> Word we are getting back from Europe is they are NOT applying any of the 2002 IJF Rule "Changes" (One handed gripping, Cross back gripping, Cat's Paw grip), until they are reviewed at the next EJU Referee Commission meeting.  The Enhanced  Head Diving Rule and the Pistol Grip penalties are being applied.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>Advanced Referee Seminar.</B></div> <bR> <div> The day before and the day after the Mid-West Championships (Chicago Area)  <B>March 8-10, 2002</B></div> <div> The Seminar is sponsored by the USJF. This event is open to ALL National and higher Referees.</div> <div> Geared to National 1 referees.  Rule Review and Interpretations will be covered on Friday.  The Championships is held Saturday, at which participants will be videotaped.  On Sunday the videotape will be reviewed with the group.</div> <div> There will be a session on Friday where Mr. Jim Pedro will review some of the latest competitive techniques being used at the higher levels of competition.</div> <div> Seminar Clinician: Mr. Roy Englert, IJF-A Referee</div> <div> Information available from  Dr. David Matsumoto,  USJF Director of Development   (DM@sfsu.edu)</div> <bR> <div> Am Can Referee Seminar (Workshop)</div> <bR> <div> This "All Day" referee seminar is in its fifth year.  There is videotape score analysis, review of interpretive nuances.  Referee's Expected Behaviors.  There will be some on the mat activities involving positioning, communications, unorthodox osaekomi, and other topics that present themselves.  </div> <div> We will have an Expert Panel Discussion with those IJF-A referees present.</div> <bR> <div> Last year- Dr. Sachio Ashida, Mr. Richard Hugh, Mr. Tom Seabasty, Mr. Russ Scherer and Mr. Richard Celotto (moderator) covered some areas of refereeing rarely discussed.  There will be more of the same this year.</div> <bR> <div> The Seminar is held on Friday May 24, 2002 at the State University of New York at Buffalo- Alumni Arena-Lower level Classroom.  The Seminar starts at 10:00 AM.  Lunch will be provided at no cost by the Am-Can Host Committee.  The program will end approximately 5:30 PM</div> <bR> <div> The Am-Can has 8 competition areas.  We need as many National and International Referees as we can get.  Please be a part of this perennial Judo Extravaganza.  It is a wonderful and unique experience.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> FEBRUARY ANSWERS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 30.  In the event of a kaeshi waza where there may be confusion as to who should get the score. Which of the following should be the way to indicate the tori?</div> <div> a.   While the score gesture is being displayed point with the index finger of the non-signaling hand to the red/blue or white tape on the contest area.</div> <div> b.   While the score gesture is being displayed indicate with an open hand, with fingers straight, extended and together little finger side down towards the tatami, point with the tips of the fingers toward the blue or white tape on the contest area.</div> <div>      c.  While the score gesture is still up and immediately after having announced the score also announce "Shiro" meaning white or "Aoi" meaning blue.</div> <div> d.  While the score gesture is still up and immediately after having announced the score also announce  white or blue.</div> <div>      e.  All of these are acceptable methods.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  "b" is the best answer.  This hand position cannot be confused with any other gesture.  "a" says to point, but pointing is only used when giving a penalty.  It is impolite to point and generally indicates someone has done something wrong.  "c" is generally not used anymore in regular competition because of the confusion of  pronunciation and the table official's lack of knowledge of these words.  It is still utilized in sight impaired competition to allow the contestants to know who threw.  "d" would be the American version of "c" and should only be used if a contestant is sight impaired.</div> <bR> <div> 31. An ippon is called.  When should soremade be announced?</div> <div> a.  When the gesture for ippon is done and Ippon announced, Soremade should be announced immediately after ippon while the ippon gesture is still up.</div> <div> b.  When Ippon has been announced the gesture for ippon has been held for 3-5 seconds, when the arm has been lowered, the referee should announce Soremade.</div> <div> c.  When Ippon has been announced and the gesture for ippon has been held for 3-5 seconds, while the arm is being lowered, the referee should announce Soremade.</div> <div>      d.   All of the above are acceptable methods.</div> <div>      e.   None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER: "b" is the best answer.  The fact is that how to do this is not written in detail in IJF literature anywhere.  However, after observing hundred and thousands of contests real-time and on videotape the BEST referees utilize the "B" method.  The reason is that allowing for the 3-5 second Ippon allows the referee to turn and observe one of the judges to see if there is a disagreement.  It would be even more embarrassing having ended the contest to have to wave off both the soremade and the Ippon.</div> <div> "a"  is not the best for the above stated reason.  "c"  is O.K., but as mentioned the "BEST referees wait until the arm is down to their side before saying "Soremade".</div> <bR> <div> 32.  When the referee performs a change of a score, should he 1/4 turn on the corrected score?</div> <div>      a. No!  It is not necessary.</div> <div>      b. Yes!  Everyone should see the change.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  "b"  Every gestures that the referee makes is a decision and can be changed by the judges if they wish.  Therefore, every call the referee makes he/she should ¼ turn and take in the conveniently placed judge to see if there is any disagreement.  This should be done without drawing attention to the effort.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> 33.  Hantei is called and the flag is raised and the front judge has the same flag up that you the referee have.  Is there a need to look back to the back judge</div> <div>      a.   Yes!  As a courtesy and a show of respect the referee should look back.</div> <div> b.  No! If the referee and front judge agree indicate the winner immediately.  This method is efficient, to look back would be a waste of energy and time.  </div> <bR> <div> ANSWER: "b"  The current practice by most top referees is once you agree with the front flag you should give your decision.  The only time a referee should look back is when they disagree with the front flag.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> EXTRA!?</div> <div> 34.  The current IJF rules specifically state that a 1/4 turn should be done when executing the koka, yuko and waza-ari gestures. The previous rules stated that a 1/4 turn should be done on ippon and osaekomi also.  What do you think?</div> <div>      a. We should follow the rules as stated.</div> <div>      b. The ippon and osaekomi should also be done with a 1/4 turn, because not only is the 1/4 turn done so that it is seen by everyone in the venue, it is also done so that the referee is given the opportunity to view one of the judges to see if they agree without making it blatantly obvious.</div> <div> c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  "b" is the best answer.  As mentioned above all calls the referee makes can be reversed by the judges.  It is important that the referee always look at a judge after making a call, just in case.  This look needs to be inconspicuous and is easily done by incorporating a ¼ turn during the execution of any gesture.  It should NEVER be obvious that a referee is looking at a judge.  Looking at the judge in an obvious manner would convey a lack of conviction.  The sign of a weak referee.  </div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> MARCH QUESTIONS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 35.  The blue contestant when he walks onto the contest area to start his contest has the right side of his jacket folded OVER the left side of his jacket.  What should the referee do? (230) </div> <div> a.  Stop the blue contestant and have him change the jacket to left side over right. </div> <div> b.  Allow the blue contestant to compete as is.</div> <div>      c.  Penalize the blue contestant with shido for disarranging the Judogi.</div> <div> d.  Penalize the blue contestant with keikoku for derogatory gesture and action against the spirit of Judo.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 36.  The white contestant begins to execute Morote gari at the white tape on the contest area.  The red/blue contestant defends against it by sprawling back, but white continues to charge attempting to draw uke's legs towards him.  The white contestant continues the Morote gari over the blue tape and finally throws uke outside on the far side of where he started the attack (22 feet from where he started the attack.).  The white contest remained inside when executing the throw.  What should the referee do?        (228)</div> <div> a.  The tori is allowed only 3 steps back when executing Morote gari, so Matte should be called.</div> <div> b.  Allow the action to continue and give the appropriate score.</div> <div> c.  The completion of Morote gari must be done simultaneously with the grasping of the legs, if this does not occur then Matte should be called and white penalized with a shido according to Article 27.14</div> <div>      d.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> 37.  When the referee indicates the winner, the hand should be:</div> <div>      a.  hand open fingers together and extended, thumb tucked, little finger side down (palm forward)</div> <div>      b.  hand open fingers together and slightly curled, thumb up and palm up.</div> <div> c.  hand open, fingers together and extended, thumb tucked down, palm forward and up at a 45% angle.</div> <div> d.  hand open, fingers together and extended, thumb tucked down, and palm facing down.</div> <div>      e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> 38.  When indicating the gesture for non-combativity the hands rotate around each other. What position should they be in?</div> <div>      a.   The hands should be made into fists.</div> <div> b.  The hands should be flat, fingers extended and together with the thumb tucked against the index finger and the palms facing towards the referee.</div> <div> c.  The hands should be made into loose fists with two finger extended as they rotate around each other.</div> <div> d.  The hands are slightly cupped, finger together with the thumb tucked against the index finger and the palms facing towards the referee.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> Answers to 35, 36, 37 and 38 will be in the April issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>National_Referee_Group</B></div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE </B><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" > </FONT></div> <div>  </div> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National  and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <bR> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is: <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="http://nav.to/shimpando" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://nav.to/shimpando"><U><U>http://nav.to/shimpando</U></U></A></FONT> if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <div>  <A NAME="february_2002"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                          February 2002 (V2N2)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> Those interested in the back issues of Shimpando (National Referee Newsletter) can view copies at the SHIMPANDO WEBSITE.</div> <div> I remind you that only National Referees and above should have access to that Website.  </div> <bR> <bR> <div> The following letter has been at the IJF Website.  It is important, so please read it.</div> <bR> <div> Memorandum from the IJF Refereeing Director</div> <bR> <div> Dear Friends and Colleagues,</div> <bR> <div> Regarding the Refereeing Rules amendments presented at the Munich Congress and supposed to come into effect on January 1st.2002, I would like to draw your attention on two important matters, as we have been having quite a lot of inquiries and misunderstandings.</div> <bR> <div> Therefore and in order to avoid wrong interpretations, I consider necessary to inform you of the following:</div> <bR> <div> Article 27 c) xxii to read:</div> <div> a.To throw the opponent by winding one leg around the opponents leg is DIRECT HANSOKU MAKE.</div> <bR> <div> We must inform you that we need further discussion to clarify the application of such a Direct Hansoku Make, therefore this Article 27 c) xxii (Kawazu-gake) will provisionally remain as stated on the IJF Refereeing Rules book until a definitive clarification and decision will be taken after the IJF Refereeing spring Seminar.</div> <bR> <div> GESTURE CHANGES.-</div> <div> Kumi-kata gesture, Negative Judo gesture, False attack gesture, Non-Combativity gesture, Stepping out gesture, kicking the opponent with no intent to throw: All the six (6) new gestures will be used as of January 1st.2002. It will be used during the 2002 Junior World Ch's followed by future World Championships.</div> <bR> <div> We need to clarify that regarding all these new 6 gestures, we must make a full trial at the 2002 Junior World Championships in Jeju (Korea) in order to test its efficiency before coming into effect, nevertheless National Federations may use them on a trial basis, however they will not become compulsory until after JEJU, (similar as we did with the trial of the 'crossing arms' gesture during the Juniors in Colombia).</div> <bR> <div> Many thanks with my very best regards,</div> <div> Yours sincerely,</div> <bR> <div> JUAN CARLOS BARCOS</div> <div> IJF REF DIR.</div> <bR> <div>  EDITOR'S COMMENTS</div> <div> This letter from Mr. Barcos supports the decisions the United States Judo Referee Commission made with regard to Kawazu gake and the "NEW" prohibited acts hand gestures. </div> <div> The Kawazu gake situation it is confusing. Does it mean that Keikoku should be given or the old interpretation of what kawazu gake is should be used with the Hansoku make penalty?  I have to check into this.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> Another notice you should be aware of.  (Mr. Roy Englert made me aware of this.)</div> <bR> <div> The IJF is NOT enforcing the strict Judogi Control protocol.  That is a competitor showing up on the mat with an illegal Judogi will automatically receive Hansoku make and be eliminated from the Championships.  The IJF Referee Commission will be testing this at the next Junior World Championships.</div> <div> Therefore, as the U.S. Referee Commission decided in October we will continue to handle a illegal</div> <div> judogi by telling the competitor to change it.</div> <bR> <div> <B> Avanced Referee Seminar.</B></div> <bR> <div> The day before and the day after the Mid-West Championships (Chicago Area)</div> <div> The Seminar is sponsored by the USJF.      This event is open to ALL National and higher Referees.</div> <div> Geared to National 1 referees.  Rule Review and Interpretations will be covered on Friday.  The Championships is held Saturday at which participants will be videotaped.  On Sunday the videotape will be reviewed with the group.</div> <div> There will be a session on Friday where Mr. Jim Pedro will review some of the latest competitive techniques being used at the higher levels of competition.</div> <div> Seminar Clinician: Mr. Roy Englert, IJF-A Referee</div> <div> Information available from  Dr. David Matsumoto,  USJF Director of Development   (DM@sfsu.edu)</div> <bR> <div> Am Can Referee Seminar (Workshop)</div> <bR> <div> This "All Day" referee seminar is in its fifth year.  There is videotape score analysis, review of interpretive nuances.  Referee's Expected Behaviors.  There will be some on the mat activities involving positioning, communications, unorthodox osaekomi, and other topics that present themselves.  </div> <div> We will have an Expert Panel Discussion with those IJF-A referees present.</div> <div> Last year- Dr. Sachio Ashida, Mr. Richard Hugh, Mr. Tom Seabasty, Mr. Russ Scherer and Mr. Richard Celotto (moderator) covered some areas of refereeing rarely discussed.  There will be more of the same this year.</div> <div> The Seminar is held on Friday May 24, 2002 at the State University of New York at Buffalo- Alumni Arena-Lower level Classroom.  The Seminar starts at 10:00 AM.  Lunch will be provided at no cost by the Am-Can Host Committee.  The program will end approximately 5:30 PM</div> <div> It is generally quite informative.</div> <div> The Am-Can has 8 competition areas.  We need as many National and International Referees as we can get.  Please be a part of this perennial Judo Extravaganza.  It is a wonderful and unique experience.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> JANUARY ANSWERS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 26. When should the judges leave an injured contestant after having arrived?</div> <div>        a. When the referee tells them.</div> <div> b. In the case of a minor incident (free touch) when the medical person reaches the injured contestant.  In the case of a medical examination or free examination the judges should remain to assist the referee until the medical person indicates the contestant's status.  For if the contestant can not continue the referee needs to consult with the judges prior to awarding kiken gachi to the uninjured contestant.</div> <div>   c. In all cases when the medical person begins leaving the contest area.</div> <div>   d. The judges should leave when they feel they are no longer needed.  This would be on a case by case basis.</div> <div> e.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  "c' is a good all around answer. "d" is not really a good answer "anarchy".  "b" sounds good but a minor incident is now categorized under medical examination.  The judges should remain to provide assistance to the referee and medical personnel when and if needed.  There is no set position that the judges need to be in during an injury.  The majority of "A" referees feel that the judges should be close to the accident or illness victim.  This shows the judges have concern for the injured contestant.</div> <bR> <div> 27. A throw is executed on the edge and the judge sees the throw as out. The referee calls a score, but the judge also sees the throw, if it were in as not a score because the uke landed on their front.  What should the judge do?</div> <div>      a.  Stand immediately and request a conference with the referee.</div> <div> b.  Indicate that the throw was out and simultaneously indicate that the technique was not valid.</div> <div>      c.  Indicate that the throw was out only.</div> <div>      d.  Indicate that the throw was not valid only.</div> <div> e.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:   I would chose `e'.  The fact is for the judge that the throw was OUT and it wasn't a score if it were in.  I would start with "c" first.  I would wave the action out.  If the referee doesn't erase the score and signal the throw out, then I would do "a".  There is a rule that if the other judge doesn't agree the referees score stands. This is not always the best way to go.  In this situation when the referee made TWO big errors, it will be a good idea to stand and voice your opinion on both errors of judgment.  You must think of the athletes and what is fair.  This action will also help protect you during the possible inquiries to follow when you leave the mat.</div> <bR> <div> 28. When making the gestures, the referee should:</div> <div>      a.  use only the right arm, unless a two-arm signal is utilized.</div> <div>      b.  use either arm, it would depend on the direction and flow of the action.</div> <div> c.  use the right arm for the red/blue contestants' scores and the left arm for the white contestant's scores.</div> <div>      d.  None of these are correct.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  Finally a relatively easy one.  (b) is the best answer.  Depending on the position of the referee in relationship to the table could determine which hand to use or the flow of the action.  "c" is not practical.  I have tried this at several tournaments over the years using different referees.  I know wrestling referees do this and it works, but Judo is faster and most of the time the Judo referees put the wrong hand up and end up switching hands if they even realize the wrong hand is up.  "a" was the way we use to do it back 30 years ago.  Some still cling to this old vestige of the good old days along with the hajime hand gesture.</div> <bR> <div> 29.   In the event of a fast action situation, which involves a throw outside, the contestants go out after the throw or a throw being executed immediately followed by a hold.   How should the referee handle this?</div> <div> a.  Call and gesture the score with the right arm and then immediately call and gesture Matte or call and gesture Osaekomi with the right arm.</div> <div> b.  Call and gesture the score with one arm and call and gesture Matte or Osaekomi with the other arm.  This way both signals can remain displayed for the required 3-5 seconds.</div> <div> c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:   "b" is the best answer.  "a' is the old school answer and would not be the best choice now a days.  Not many choices on this one.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> FEBRUARY QUESTIONS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <div> 30.  In the event of a kaeshi waza where there may be confusion as to who should get the score. Which of the following should be the way to indicate the tori?</div> <div> a.  While the score gesture is being displayed point with the index finger of the non-signaling  hand to the red/blue or white tape on the contest area.</div> <div> b.  While the score gesture is being displayed indicate with an open hand, with fingers straight, extended and together little finger side down towards the tatami, point with the tips of the fingers toward the red/blue or white tape on the contest area.</div> <div>      c.  While the score gesture is still up and immediately after having announced the score also announce "Shiro" meaning white, "Aka" meaning red or Aio meaning blue.</div> <div> d.  While the score gesture is still up and immediately after having announced the score also  announce  White or Red/blue.</div> <div>      e.  All of these are acceptable methods.</div> <bR> <div> 31. An ippon is called.  When should soremade be announced?</div> <div> a.  When the gesture for ippon is done and Ippon announced, Soremade should be announced immediately after ippon while the ippon gesture is still up.</div> <div> b.  When Ippon has been announced the gesture for ippon has been held for 3-5 seconds, when the arm has been lowered, the referee should announce Soremade.</div> <div> c.  When Ippon has been announce and the gesture for ippon has been held for 3-5 seconds, while the arm is being lowered, the referee should announce Soremade.</div> <div>      d. All of the above are acceptable methods.</div> <div>      e. None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> 32.  When the referee performs a change of a score, should he 1/4 turn on the corrected score?</div> <div>      a. No!  It is not necessary.</div> <div>      b. Yes!  Everyone should see the change.</div> <bR> <div> 33.  Hantei is called and the flag is raised and the front judge has the same flag up that you the referee have.  Is there a need to look back to the back judge</div> <div>      a.   Yes!  As a courtesy and a show of respect the referee should look back.</div> <div> b.   No! If the referee and front judge agree indicate the winner immediately.  This method is efficient, to look back would be a waste of energy and time.  </div> <bR> <bR> <div> EXTRA!?</div> <div> 34.  The current IJF rules specifically state that a 1/4 turn should be done when executing the koka, yuko and waza-ari gestures. The previous rules stated that a 1/4 turn should be done on ippon and osaekomi also.  What do you think?</div> <div>      a. We should follow the rules as stated.</div> <div>      b. The ippon and osaekomi should also be done with a 1/4 turn, because not only is the 1/4 turn done so that it is seen by everyone in the venue, it is also done so that the referee is given the opportunity to view one of the judges to see if they agree without making it blatantly obvious.</div> <div> c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> Answer for 30, 31, 32 , 33 and 34 will be in the March Issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>National_Referee_Group</B></div> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE </B><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" >  </FONT></div> <bR> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is: <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="http://nav.to/shimpando" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://nav.to/shimpando"><U><U>http://nav.to/shimpando</U></U></A></FONT> if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div>  <A NAME="january_2002"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                     January 2002 (V2N1)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> LATEST NEWS</div> <bR> <div> Those interested in the back issues of Shimpando (National Referee Newsletter) can view copies at the SHIMPANDO WEBSITE.</div> <div> I remind you that only National Referees and above should have access to that Website.  </div> <bR> <div> WOMEN'S CONTEST DURATION</div> <div> This rule change seems to have slipped below the radar and was not listed in the IJF Referee Commission Minutes, however was discussed and presented by the Sports Commission and accepted by the IJF Congress.</div> <div> At the Olympic Games, World Championships and Junior World Championships the duration of a woman's contest will now be FIVE minutes, not four minutes as it has in the past.</div> <div> The United States Judo, Inc. will adopt this new duration at their Senior National Championships, United States Open and National Junior Olympics where it is applicable.</div> <div> Several State Governing Bodies will adopt the new five-minute time frame.  Some others will chose to continue with the four-minute duration.  From a coaching standpoint in order to prepare senior women competitors for higher level competition it would be logical and prudent to adopt the new five minute contest to better prepare them for the increase in endurance needed to perform well for five minutes.</div> <div> Please let me know what your area has decided to do.  Discuss it in the Referee E-Mail Group.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>STATE GOVERNING BODIES (SGB) REFEREE PROGRAM  MATERIALS</B></div> <bR> <div> Most States and Yudanshakai that conduct Local and Regional Referee Certification have some type of program set up.  The USJA has a centralized program, where materials may be obtained from the USJA National Office.  Those USJI SGB or USJF Yudanshakai Referee Chairman of your State or Area Referee Committee interested in obtaining materials to better administrate your Referee education, training and certification programs can by request, receive such materials.</div> <bR> <div> Only a Referee Chairperson can receive this information.  They must be a National Referee or higher.</div> <div> Currently available:</div> <div> <B>50 question multiple choice written examination with answer sheet.</B>  </div> <div> These are randomized.  That is the questions and answers are in different orders for each test sent to different Committee Chairman.  </div> <div> <B>Referee Program Application Form </B> (Two sided)  (Information: Answer Sheet/Evaluation side)</div> <div> <B>Referee Program Flyer</B>.  This one page, two sided document outlines a state program outlining the basic levels available. (Exemplar)  This can be changed due to the fact that each State has different levels.  Some have Local, Regional 1 , Regional 2 and Regional 3, some others have just Local and Regional.</div> <div> <B>Referee Certification Notice (Exemplar)</B></div> <bR> <div> In the future, Clinic/Seminar Topics will be provided with key point discussions.  Referee Education and Training Drills and Exercises will be provided and explained.  This information will be available in the Shimpando and can be utilized by any National Referee conducting a Clinic or Seminar.</div> <bR> <div> This material is only available to the Chairman of Referee Committees.  The Examination cannot be distributed to any National Referee or lower.  There must be CONTROL over the distribution of the Written Examinations.</div> <bR> <div> Your input on the current exam modifications and the submission of additional questions for future exams will be most appreciated.  Send to Shimpando@aol.com</div> <bR> <div> As of this notice seven States and/or Yudanshakai are currently using the latest version (2001) written examination and some of the other materials provided.</div> <bR> <div> Chairpersons send inquiries to:     <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> Rick Celotto, Referee Education and Training Section   </div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>RANDOM QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS</B></div> <bR> <div> <B>One of our colleagues writes:</B></div> <bR> <div> I need a clarification regarding a hansoku make rule. </div> <div> I understand that when a player has emesis <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" >(vomits) </FONT>during a match, he is disqualified from that match (not out of the tournament). I was told recently that the player would be disqualified from the whole tournament as this is a direct hansoku make. Did this rule change or maybe I misunderstood. Thank-you </div> <bR> <div> Answer:  As I understand it vomiting removes you JUST from that contest, NOT the tournament. It is NOT Hansoku make. The IJF uses the word "SICK", therefore it is covered under Kiken gachi. That is "withdrawal" during a contest.  As described above under "Latest News", in the case of Kiken gachi a contestant may continue to compete in the competition if they have any more contests.</div> <bR> <div> Another colleague writes:</div> <bR> <div> I was at a recent tournament and a contestant had his ankle wrapped where some of the bandages went under the foot.  It was my opinion that the bandage served no advantage and should be allowed.  The referee stated that any bandage or tape wrapped around the bottom of the foot would be illegal.  The contestant was given Hansoku make.  Was this right?</div> <bR> <div> Answer:  I didn't see that specific ankle wrap or check it out.  However, the general understanding is that wrapping or taping of the bottom of the foot (sole) is perfectly legal.  In cases where the referee and judges determine that the tape, "rubber tubing" or bandage gives the wearer "more traction" and thus an unfair advantage, in these cases the penalty is warranted.  It is most referees' opinion that bandages (cloth) would actually decrease friction.  Adhesive (white) tape is a neutral substance.  Rubber tubing may increase friction as it is made of rubber and can increase traction.  The low probability of it occurring and offering an advantage is small.  As most Judoka know, the better Judo players derive their power and movement from the balls of their feet, not their soles. <I>Interesting play on words! (Soul) For the philosophers among you.</I></div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>HANTEI ALTERNATIVE COMMENTS</B></div> <bR> <div> Dr. Martin Bregman, IJF-A has provided some additional comments on some of the sections of the Hantei Article.  His comments are in red.</div> <bR> <div> <B>HANTEI!    (Part Five)  </B>(Appeared in the November Issue of Shimpando)</div> <div> by Mr. Richard J. Celotto, IJF-A</div> <bR> <div> <B>THROWS ON THE LINE</B></div> <div> In the judge's seat, I have called kinsa attacks in, which should NOT have scored a recordable score, only to have the referee call a koka or yuko. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >Bregman: [In this case while indicating inside with my hand signal, I look at the referee & shake my head slightly from side-to-side indicating no score. Similarly, I would do the same if the opponent steps out during action, signaling outside with my hand signal, but shaking my head indicating no penalty to the referee. The head movement should be barely perceptible to the referee]</FONT> When the referee calls for a conference, the referee's reason for calling a score is that I called it in, so it should have been a score.  They do not understand that the judge calls the throw in or out. Whether it scores or not is a secondary decision which is based on the judge's decision as to whether the throw was in or out.</div> <bR> <div> Celotto: {I am in agreement with Dr. Bregman's additions above.)</div> <bR> <div> <B>BIAS OR MIND SET</B></div> <bR> <div> They have been brought up with a certain style of Judo.  They have learned through their exposure to judo that certain things are allowed but frowned upon.  Due to this wide understanding of Judo, judgement is subconsciously <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >[Subjectively]</FONT> affected.</div> <bR> <div> Celotto: {By subconscious I meant subjective as Dr. Bregman indicates.}</div> <bR> <bR> <div> I believe when this occurs, in almost every case it is the subconscious <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >[Subjective, as the referee consciously appreciates one style over another]</FONT> influence, which is proper and in line with the current rules.  Heaven help those, if caught, who consciously favor a contestant because he/she is from the same area or club.  This hurts the Referee Committee members severely to see or know of referees who cheat.  This behavior hurts Judo. This behavior will severely diminishes any credibility that the referee had.</div> <bR> <div> In the same vein, what do you do when you are refereeing and your daughter comes up on the competition area to fight? It is probably best <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >[Required in the United States</FONT>] that you ask to be excused in the least disruptive manner for that contest.</div> <div> You should not even be a judge.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> There will be, I suspect some sharp contradiction to this practice.  For instance some of the senior IJF-A referees still believe that the referee should remain on the mat no matter who comes onto the mat to fight.</div> <div> They believe that as a referee you will conduct yourself in an honorable, moral and unbiased nature.</div> <bR> <div> Bregman: [This may be true but has not been the RCS accepted policy for more than a decade, due to reasons you give below.]</div> <bR> <bR> <div> PENALTIES</div> <bR> <div> If Blue gets a chui, then White automatically gets a yuko at the end of the contest, if no other penalty is given.  That is the way it was 12 years ago.  Now, the penalty equivalent scores are given simultaneously.</div> <div> If Blue also throws for a yuko, and no other recorded score is awarded, then the scores will be even with one yuko each.  Blue getting his from a throw and White getting his from Blue's penalty.  As advantage and superiority is what makes the decision as to who should win, Blue has done the throw and should win if no other kinsa are scored<FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >. Bregman: ["Blue has done the throw and should win"- This is erroneous in its wording. It makes it sound like it is required that Blue wins in this case, not so. I agree in that 80% of the time this will, and should, be the case, but there are many mitigating circumstances. Is it possible one judge, or the referee, thought the throw should have gotten a higher score (or lower score?), What if the penalty was equivalent but one of the officials wished to give a higher value penalty due to intent or unsportsmanlike activity? What if Blue "lucked into it" as White slipped while attempting sutemi waza and minimal acceleration to the ground was added by Blue, but White dominates the entire match? What if one judge signals that the Blue should later get a penalty which is not acknowledged or is disagreed with, and later yet the opposing judge sees another infraction for Blue that is also not acknowledged or is disagreed with? These are not "kinsa", but decision altering infractionary signals.]</FONT></div> <div> Celotto: {This situation can become quite nebulous.  I am in agreement with Dr. Bregman that it is not a slam-dunk.  There are circumstances that can sway one's opinion to chose the other contestant.}</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>2001 Clarification Examination          November Answers</B></div> <bR> <div> <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" >All responses in blue are Mr. Celotto.</FONT>  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >All responses in red are Dr. Bregman.</FONT>  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#008000" FACE="Arial" >All responses in green are Mr. Celotto responses to Dr. Bregman's comments.</FONT>  <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" >It's good to be the editor! </FONT></div> <bR> <div> 15.     White starts the contest by gripping with her right hand blue's left lapel and not engaging the other hand to grip at about four seconds into that grip, she grasps with her left hand blue's right sleeve at the same time takes the lapel grip and changes it to a back grip crossing over the halfway line, she remains in this position for about 4-5 seconds and then changes to a two hands on the same side grip.  What should the referee do?</div> <div> a.  About halfway into the cross back grip the referee should call Matte and penalize white with shido.  The first two grips were not normal kumi kata.  The accumulated time exceeded 5 seconds.</div> <div> b.  The referee must allow the action to continue as each grip never reached 5 seconds.  Therefore, no penalty can be given.</div> <div> c.  After white starts the third not normal grip stop the contest and give white a shido.</div> <div> d.  After the third not normal grip (two hands on the same side) has reached 3-5 seconds, stop the contest and give white a shido.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:     A    All of these penalties are not normal kumi kata (negative judo) they should accumulate.  This was covered in Dr. Berliner's report from the IJF Referee Seminar he attended in Hungary.  I agree that if a competitor continually does illegal grips all of which are "not normal" the instant the time frame reaches five seconds the contestant has violated the intent of the rule and should be penalized accordingly.</div> <bR> <div> 16.     White grasps with his left hand the bottom of the end of the blue's right sleeve with a parallel grip (normal) closing off the end of the sleeve below the wrist.  What should the referee do?</div> <div> a.  Allow the action to continue for five seconds and then stop the contest and penalize white with shido for not holding a normal grip.</div> <div> b.  Allow the action to continue.</div> <div> c.  Stop the contest immediately as this is an illegal grip and penalize white with shido.</div> <div> d.  Stop the contest immediately because the white player is screwing up the sleeve, this is a shido penalty under article 29.9.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:     B     Even if the end of the sleeve is closed by the base of the thumb and fingers thistype of grip is valid and acceptable.  Gripping in this fashion is completely legal and should not be penalized.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> OCTOBER ANSWERS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                             NUMBER ONE</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 18.  The referee calls a yuko that both judges signal koka. Before the referee sees the standing judges the contestants get immediately up off the ground and the same contestant throws his opponent with ippon.  What are the judges to do?</div> <div> a.  Drop the koka signals and sit down immediately. The ippon nullifies the koka, and if they remain standing with the koka, the referee might think the ippon should be to koka.</div> <div> b.  Drop the koka signals but remain standing.  The referee will have to call a conference at which the judges will inform the referee that he should change the yuko to a koka before awarding the win.  This should be done for accurate contest statistics.</div> <div>           c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the</div> <div>      attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  This is a tricky one.  This does not occur that often and the few times I have seen it, the players were World Class. You will get from reliable sources both "a" and "b" as responses.  For the Local and Regional events answer "a" would be the best answer.  Why complicate the situation, if the Ippon is called and the judges agree, just sit down.</div> <bR> <div> I have seen cases where the judges remained standing with the Koka and the referee changed the Ippon to a Koka.  Now the whole team looks foolish.  The judges have to now have a conference to tell the referee to change the Koka back to an Ippon and then change the Yuko down to a Koka.  The Spectators will laugh themselves out of their chairs.</div> <bR> <div> I even saw in one case where the judges remained standing with their Koka's, the referee changed the Ippon to Koka the judges sat down and the contest continued.  The coaches didn't even realize what had happened.  It was funny and very sad.</div> <bR> <div> Those wishing to follow the letter of the Law would consider "b" to be the best answer.  It is important that the judges drop the Koka signal so the referee doesn't make the mistake of changing the Ippon to Koka.  A quick conference will get the referee to change the Yuko to Koka and then the Referee can award the win.  From the coaches, players and spectators view this will look very strange and is a waste of time.  This is why most would chose "a" as the best answer.</div> <bR> <div> Bregman:  [ Both Judges must maintain the koka signal, but the viewed judge should approach the referee who after calling "Ippon" would be looking at that judge for confirmation before calling "Sore Made" and say "there was a koka prior to the ippon that also must be recorded". The referee would then acknowledge and make the koka call, before calling "Sore Made". This must occur so that "all is correct" at the end of the match since both judges made their signal & stood up in plain view of the viewing audience, and all the spectators and both coaches know exactly what is happening.]</div> <bR> <div> 19   The red/blue <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >[blue only, let's stay IJF]</FONT> contestant throws for a yuko, the referee calls koka, as the judges stand with their yuko signals, the tori is moving in for kesa gatame.  What should be the proper response?   </div> <div>        a.  The referee should change the koka to yuko, then indicate Osaekomi.</div> <div>        b.  The referee should call Osaekomi <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >[the question doesn't state that the osae was secured, possibly enough time should have elapsed to put the koka signal down prior to "osaekomi" being called],</FONT> keeping the koka up, then change the koka to yuko in the proper fashion, so there is no time lost in the Osaekomi.</div> <div>        c.  The referee should call Osaekomi<FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >,[providing that "moving in for kesa gatame" actually results in kesa gatame]</FONT> then redo the koka signal without voice and then change it to yuko [with voice] in the proper fashion <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >[Correct]</FONT></div> <div>       d.  The judges should not stand with their correction until after the Osaekomi has been called. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >[the judges are already standing before the osae was secured in the question]</FONT></div> <div>       e.  None of these are correct.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  "b" is the best answer.<FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >  [Not correct based on the timing of the events described in the question]</FONT><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" > </FONT>Remember one of the cardinal rules "Present action takes precedence."  The change of a score can wait.  Keep the koka signal up, signal the Osaekomi, and hold it for the three seconds.  Then while the Koka signal is still up use the Osaekomi arm and signal a wave off and then change the Koka signal to a Yuko.  The referee will look smooth, in control and on top of the situation.</div> <div> <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" >"c" can be a choice if the referee dropped the Koka signal while doing the osaekomi signal.  The referee may at that point while turning see that a judge is standing with a yuko gesture.  He would then have to confirm by observing the other judge.  At this point the Koka signal would have to be gestured again.  In this case the referee MUST NOT verbally announce the koka.  This would be very confusing</FONT> <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >[but proper procedure none-the-less]</FONT> <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" >and the Recorder may add an additional Koka to the scoreboard</FONT> <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >[only if the recorder is untrained, this should not happen at IJF-sanctioned events, for which the rules are written].</FONT>  <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" >The referee while the koka gesture is up would use the other arm to do the waza [wave] off gesture and then with the koka arm make the yuko gesture while announcing Yuko.  All of this while the Osaekomi time is running.</FONT></div> <div> "a" is not so good.  The referee would miss 3- 5 seconds of the Osaekomi.  This is very bad.  However, it is painfully a very common occurrence.</div> <div> "d" would be very confusing and wrong in this case.</div> <bR> <div> Celotto: Addressing Dr. Bregman's above comments.  The purpose of this question was to bring to light the common mistake made by many of allowing housekeeping duties (making score changes) to interfere with the accurate calling of judgment (starting the Osaekomi exactly when it should be called).  When I say </div> <div> "the tori is moving in for kesa gatame", I mean he is going to secure the hold.  Too many times I have seen referees begin the tori kaeshi process (score changing) during which the tori has a secured osaekomi for 1-4 seconds prior to the referee finally calling Osaekomi.  This 1-4 seconds are precious to the tori.  This question was designed to stress the "Present action takes precedence Cardinal Rule"  I do not wish to convey that the hold is obvious to a new referee.  What I am trying to convey is that an experienced  referee sees a situation and anticipates the next step (which is osaekomi).  Trying to convey this in words is very difficult. If any of you have better wording please provide.</div> <bR> <div> 20. The red/blue[blue] contestant has a waza-ari.  The red/blue[blue]  contestant throws his opponent, the referee calls ippon.  Both judges feel it is waza-ari. Not even close to an ippon.  What should the judges do?</div> <div> a. The judges should signal waza-ari and stand, so that the referee changes the mistaken ippon to waza-ari awasete ippon.  This is another case of accuracy of the contest record. <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >[Correct]</FONT></div> <div> b. The judges should have the presence of mind to not signal anything because the red/blue contestant has won the contest by ippon in either case, and to make the referee change would be inefficient, confusing and silly looking<FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >.[And probably result in all three failing the examination for IJF-A level that they are taking, for not knowing the difference between an Ippon & a Waza-ari</FONT>]</div> <div> c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" >ANSWERS:  This is another messy situation.  For expediencies sake "b" would be the best answer.</FONT> <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#FF0000" FACE="Arial" >[Expediency is not correct, proper procedures are correct]</FONT> <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" >Standing up and changing the Ippon to waza-ari would appear to be a waste of time and confusing.  This situation would test the skills of the judges.  We would be dealing with three types of judges in this situation.  The first would be the judge that wouldn't signal waza-ari, because his judgment of waza-ari and Ippon is still improving.  The second is the judge who calls the Waza-ari, but doesn't think of the consequences of his actions.  The third is the referee who knows that the throw was a Waza-ari, but realizes that calling waza-ari would be counter productive, confusing and a waste of time.  This third judge is the one with the higher level of experience.</FONT></div> <bR> <div> There are high level referees that would find "b" the wrong answer and would recommend "a" as the best answer.  They follow the letter of the law.  If a throw is a Waza-ari in the judge's mind and the referee calls Ippon, the judge must signal Waza-ari.  In every other case, I would agree with this, but if the thrower already has a waza-ari there, is no need to complicate the situation.</div> <bR> <div> Celotto: Response to Dr. Bregman's comments.  As mentioned in the last paragraph of my answer Dr. Bregman's view is that as mentioned.  This is a valid difference of opinion.  I have seen this occur at an International Event.  One IJF Commission member came up after the incident and told the referee (who I happen to be seating next to) why did you complicate a situation that ended with the same result, it looked very bad. You do not understand the one of the main principles of Judo that of "Maximum efficiency with minimum effort". The referee was very upset that he would be downgraded.  About five minutes later another member of the IJF Referee Commission came by and spoke to the referee saying, That he did an excellent job, that it was important to call all the scores in "one's own opinion".  If it wasn't an Ippon then Waza-ari should be called.  It was more important to be accurate then make things easier.  As he (IJF Commission member) walked away turned and said "excellent job".  Now the referee felt better, but was confused.  "Your damned if you do and damned if you don't".  These types of questions are hardly ever asked at high level clinics and if they are (most IJF-A's would cringe) those who ask them are marked as "not understanding refereeing".  It is a vicious circle.  The secret is to know who to ask.</div> <bR> <div> 21.  A contestant during tachi waza steps outside, the referee should immediately calls Matte. What is the proper response from the judge in this situation?</div> <div> a.  So as not to infringe on the referee's authority the judge should allow the referee the opportunity to call Matte, before the judge makes any signal.  Only after the judge feels that the referee has been given this opportunity should the judge make the outside gesture.</div> <div> b.  As soon the contestant steps out the judge should begin the outside gesture in conjunction with the referee's call of matte.  If the referee calls matte on their own or utilizes the judge's input, it is important the judge signal outside immediately so that the coaches and spectators know the reason for the matte.</div> <div>      c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  "b" is the best answer.  We as referees have been told time and time again that judges should NEVER make a gesture before the referee has an opportunity to make his/her gesture.  In most every other situation this is true.  </div> <div> However in edge situations, the judge MUST call the outside signal when they see the contestant step outside.  There is no need in this case to wait for the referee.  If the judge signals outside at the same time as the referee announces "Matte", this looks like good teamwork.  In this situation you would be correct in calling outside independently of the referee.  </div> <div> In every other case, the referee MUST be allowed to make the gesture and command before the judge signals a differing opinion.  It looks very poor for a judge to call a score for a throw before the referee.  This type of action destroys the team's cohesiveness.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> NOVEMBER ANSWERS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto</B></div> <bR> <div> 22.  The referee calls Waza-ari, and the front judge signals yuko, but the back judge agrees with the referee.  What should be the proper procedure?</div> <div> a.  The front judge should keep their yuko signal up for 3-5 seconds as the rules dictate, if the other judge doesn't agree, then the front judge should lower the yuko signal.</div> <div> b.  The back judge having agreed with the referee should look at the front judge with the yuko signal and shake his head left to right and back indicating "NO" to the other judge, thus immediately indicating his agreement with the referee. The front judge seeing this slight headshake (side to side) would immediately drop their yuko signal.  This can be done in less than one second, and both judges can go back to concentrating on the contestants.</div> <div> c.  The back judge should immediately signal a waza-ari showing agreement with the referee.</div> <div>      d.  The front judge having seen this should immediately drop their yuko signal.  This can be done in less than one second, and both judges can go back to concentrating on the contestants.</div> <div>      e.   None of the above are correct.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  My answer is b.  This type of quick teamwork lessens the time that the judge is demonstrating his/her different opinion.</div> <bR> <div> Dr. Bregman's answer is a.</div> <bR> <div> 23.  The referee indicates Koka on a score and the front judge indicates Waza-ari and the back judge indicates a Yuko. Which is the correct procedure to arrive at the final score?</div> <div>        a. The referee's decision is final because there is not a majority of three decision.</div> <div> b. The judges stand with their different signals, the referee quickly looks at both judges and changes his signal to Yuko, the middle score.</div> <div>   c. The judges, not agreeing to the same change, will drop their signals and stand.  The referee will call a conference to discuss what score should be given.</div> <div>   d. The judge with Waza-ari would immediately change to Yuko (the middle score) so it agrees with the back judge, then both should stand immediately.  The referee would change the score in the usual manner.</div> <div>   e. The judge with Waza-ari would drop his signal, but both judges would stand, the back judge with the Yuko signal. When the front judge reaches the full standing position he would then indicate the Yuko signal. The referee would change the score in the usual manner.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  My answer is  b     Dr. Bregman also selected b.  However, both of us feel that the way we did it from 1980 to just a few years ago (answer d) was more logical and efficient.  However, we adopted the "old way" when Mr. Kojima became Refereeing Director of the IJF.</div> <bR> <div> 24.  What responsibility does the front judge have with regard to a throw done on the edge, between the contest and safety area?</div> <div> a.  The front judge is directly responsible for calling in or out for the edges to their immediate left and right, calling the score from the throw and calling in or out on the other two edges.</div> <div> b.  The front judge is responsible for calling in or out for the edges to their immediate left and right.</div> <div> c.  The front judge is primarily responsible for calling in or out for the edges to their immediate left and right, and secondarily responsible for calling the score from a throw, and calling in or out on the other two edges.</div> <div> d.  The front judge is directly responsible for calling in or out for the edges to their immediate left and right, and indirectly responsible for calling a score from the throw.</div> <div> e.  None of these are correct.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  My answer is c.  Dr. Bregman also selected c.  Wow, two in a row.  It's a miracle.  Too many judges are being taught erroneously that they have one responsibility, that it to call the lines to either side of them.  The score is called by the referee and the other judge handles the other two lines.  This kind of thinking will relegate you to regional level refereeing for the rest of your refereeing career. Every official on the mat is responsible for every line and every call.</div> <bR> <div> 25.  If a contestant is injured, when should the judges get up and approach the injured contestant?</div> <div>      a.  When the referee invites them up.</div> <div>      b.  When the referee, signals for the medical personnel to come onto the competition area.</div> <div>      c.  When the physician (medical personnel) comes onto the competition area.</div> <div> d.  When ever the judges feel that they are needed. It is determined on a case by case basis.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWER:  My answer is e.  b is probably the most procedurally correct.</div> <div> As Dr. Bregman indicates in his email to me  "d" also could be a valid response.  In every injury case the higher ups would like the judges to approach the referee and injured party.  In minor injuries "b" would be the best response.  However, in some instances the referee in determining the extent of injuries prior to calling the medical personnel, may extend (time wise) beyond the judge's tolerance point.  In a case where the judge(s) feels the injury is of such a severe nature, the Judge can stand and approach before the referee calls for the medical personnel.  In some cases the referee may not react fast enough for the judge.  Judges who are physicians, paramedics, nurses, etc. or judges who have a sensitivity to certain types of injuries will react faster than some referees.  The referee is the only one who can call the medical personnel onto the mat.  So be careful that as a judge you do not overstep your bounds as far as procedure goes. Always be ever mindful of the safety of the contestants.</div> <div> "c" is definitely too late.  "a" may be selected by some higher ups however, I find that referees consistently do not do this.  It is my observation that many National referees are not very good at handling medical situations.  In my opinion, consistently handling medical situations procedurally correct is one of the milestones of moving from National 2 to National 1 and from National 1 to PJU-C.  </div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <div>  <A NAME="november_2001"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER             November 2001 (V1N11)</div> <div>                                                             Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> HAPPY THANKSGIVING</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>LATEST NEWS</B></div> <bR> <div> Some other maters discussed at the U.S. Referee Commission Meeting on October 11, 2001 were with regard Fusen gachi and Kiken gachi.  </div> <bR> <div> In the case of Fusen gachi (win by default), the loser will be ineligible to compete in any other contest in that weight division for the remainder of that competition.  Fusen or default is applied when a competitor does not show for a contest he/she is called for.  Due to the serious nature of this situation the standard three calls with 1 minute intervals must be used.  The IJF Rules require the Referee to consult with the Referee Commission before awarding Fusen gachi.  At Local and Regional Events the Tournament Director or Chief Scorer (Systems Manager) needs to be consulted prior to awarding fusen gachi.</div> <bR> <div> Kiken gachi is win by withdrawal.  It is NOT solely withdrawal by injury as some would have you believe.  The contestants must come onto the mat. After that point, if a contestant chooses to withdraw due to injury (generally the medical personnel's decision, but not always) or in special situations the contestant wishes to withdraw for what ever reason, the other contestant wins by Kiken gachi.  The contestant who is withdrawing MAY compete in his/her next contest if there is one.  The injured contest must be cleared by the tournament medical personnel that they are "fit to continue".</div> <bR> <div> Contestants that do not comply with Article 3 or 4 (Judogi and Hygiene) and do not comply with the referees request to change the Judogi or wash their hands, feet or whatever will lose by withdrawal (kiken gachi).  They have shown up on the mat, which is why it is covered under Kiken gachi.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>[PART FIVE OF FIVE]        FINAL INSTALLMENT</B></div> <bR> <div> Previously, I covered Equal Scores, Ne-waza and Other Parameters Scale and how it was to be applied. </div> <bR> <div> <B>HANTEI!      (Part Five)</B></div> <div> <B>by Mr. Richard J. Celotto, IJF-A</B></div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>THROWS ON THE LINE</B></div> <bR> <div> With the advent of the new interpretation of throws as being in when uke touches out, that class of kinsa has now moved into the recorded score range.</div> <bR> <div> We as officials, must be very observant when throws are done near the edge.  As long as tori remains in, any kinsa technique (that is, attack falling within the six levels) completed outside should count in the judgement score.</div> <bR> <div> It is important that the judges, when making their outside or inside hand gestures, are judging whether the throw is inside or outside.  On too many occasions I have seen judges call a valid kinsa attack out, not because it was outside, but because it did not warrant any recordable score in the judge's opinion.</div> <bR> <div> In the judge's seat, I have called kinsa attacks in, which should NOT have scored a recordable score, only to have the referee call a koka or yuko.  When the referee calls for a conference, the referee's reason for calling a score is that I called it in, so it should have been a score.  They do not understand that the judge calls the throw in or out. <I>Whether it scores or not is a secondary decision which is based on the judge's decision as to whether the throw was in or out.</I></div> <bR> <div> With the advent of the new interpretation of throws as being inside, even when uke is touching outside with supporting weight, prior to the effect of the technique being sufficiently apparent, anything less than a koka should be counted as a viable kinsa attack.</div> <bR> <div> <I>Conversely, any throws no matter how spectacular whether it lands for a recordable score or for a high level kinsa, if tori is standing outside when the throw is done and it is judged to be "outside" that action must not be included in the referee's deliberations when making a hantei decision.</I></div> <bR> <div> <B>BIAS OR MIND SET</B></div> <bR> <div> Each referee and judge has been taught differently to referee.  They have been brought up with a certain style of Judo.  They have learned through their exposure to judo that certain things are allowed but frowned upon.  Due to this wide understanding of Judo, judgement is subconsciously affected.</div> <bR> <div> How so, you say?  Let us take for example a referee from a club with a Japanese instructor or an instructor trained by a Japanese instructor.  What is expected from the students is the smooth skillful actions of the Japanese style.</div> <bR> <div> Referees from this environment will subconsciously expect everyone to play with this style, even though consciously they know other styles exist.</div> <bR> <div> Let us take a club where exposure to the Japanese influence has been minimal and a strong wrestling influence is evident.  The wrestling being taught is within the guidelines of the rules.</div> <bR> <div> What happens when a referee from the first school officiates a contest with a contestant from the first school style and the contestant from the second school's style?  No patches are visible, the referee does not know either contestant, and there is no bias that is plainly visible.</div> <bR> <div> Subconsciously, however, you can lay odds that the Japanese style will have a significant influence on the referee's decision over the scrappy, choppy style of the second school if there is no significant kinsa score.</div> <bR> <div> This in my opinion, is one of the many reasons why we hear things like: "That referee always gives the decision to the other contestant.  He always cheats our players."</div> <bR> <div> Is this subconscious bias fair?  The rules say: "In the referee and judges' opinion, a winner is decided according to superior advantage."  So be prepared, because there is nothing at this time that will change this.  It is the referee's opinion.</div> <bR> <div> I believe when this occurs, in almost every case it is the subconscious influence, which is proper and in line with the current rules.  Heaven help those, if caught, who consciously favor a contestant because he/she is from the same area or club.  This hurts the Referee Committee members severely to see or know of referees who cheat.  <I>This behavior hurts Judo. This behavior will severely diminishes any credibility that the referee had.</I></div> <bR> <div> In the same vein, what do you do when you are refereeing and your daughter comes up on the competition area to fight? It is probably best that you ask to be excused in the least disruptive manner for that contest.</div> <div> You should not even be a judge.</div> <bR> <div> There will be, I suspect some sharp contradiction to this practice.  For instance some of the senior IJF-A referees still believe that the referee should remain on the mat no matter who comes onto the mat to fight.</div> <div> They believe that as a referee you will conduct yourself in a honorable, moral and unbiased nature.</div> <bR> <div> One national organization has taken the position that similar to international events, the officials on the mat cannot be from the same country as the contestants.  As this is an improbable situation with the type of tournaments we hold in the United States, we felt due to subconscious influence, that a parent should not have to be out on the mat when their child is competing.  This decision was made for several reasons. </div> <bR> <div> Some parents are harder on their kids and will not call scores fairly for their children.  They do this to demonstrate that they are not biased.  But they are, against their own children.  I know of several cases where this has caused those children to quit Judo.  I have seen normally rock solid referees come off the mat after refereeing their child, sweating and reduced to Jello.  Why should a parent have to take that kind of pressure?  If the parent referee's child wins, even legitimately, they will not have won fairly as far as the loser and his/her supporters are concerned.  That father is then branded a cheat.  Why put up with this?  That is why we do not allow parents to referee their children.</div> <bR> <div> What about refereeing your own students?  Well, we are still fighting over this one.  Logistically, we cannot have the referees get off every time one of their students are fighting.  This would cause the tournaments to be three times as long as they are now (trying to find replacement referees), and the referees without any students would do the bulk of the refereeing.  As most of you know almost every referee is a coach of a Judo club.  That is the case in my area of the country.  So we leave this decision up to the individual referee.  If it is going to be a close contest or a medal match, and you know when that is, then get off the mat.  <I>This says more to me about your integrity than staying on to demonstrate your unbiased abilities.</I></div> <div> <I>A story:  In 1986 I was in Salinas, Puerto Rico for the Pan American Judo Championships at the new Olympic Training Center.  The day before the tournament was to start I was walking down some steps when at the bottom of the steps was a very big 6'6", 300 lb. player starring at me.  As most of you know I am pretty big, this guy seemed much bigger.  I didn't know what was about to happen.  He introduced himself to me as a player from the Venezuelan National Team.  He wanted to shake my hand.  He stated that he had fought for Venezuela at the 1978 Pan American Junior Championships which were held in San Juan, Puerto Rico.  I was a judge on a contest he was about to fight in, but I had gotten out of my seat when I saw that his opponent was a United States player.  I was informed by Mr. John Osako, Chief Referee that the other judges was from Venezuela, so the team was balanced.  I sat down and the contest started.  The player wanted to shake my hand because of my honesty and integrity.  Amazing what players remember after eight years. </I></div> <bR> <div> <B>PENALTIES</B></div> <bR> <div> If Blue gets a chui, then White automatically gets a yuko at the end of the contest, if no other penalty is given.  <I>That is the way it was 12 years ago. </I> <I>Now, the penalty equivalent scores are given simultaneously</I>.</div> <div> If Blue also throws for a yuko, and no other recorded score is awarded, then the scores will be even with one yuko each.  Blue getting his from a throw and White getting his from Blue's penalty.  As advantage and superiority is what makes the decision as to who should win, Blue has done the throw and should win if no other kinsa are scored.</div> <bR> <div> There are of course ways in which White would be able to win with no additional score on the board.  This would involve being dominant throughout the rest of the contest.  However, if all scored kinsas were equal the recorded throw should have a strong positive influence on the decision.</div> <bR> <div> As the rules read now, the throwing score and the score received from an opponent's penalty are to be considered equivalent. For a number of years, in the late 60's and early 70's, if one player had a koka and also a shido, making the displayed score even, he would lose without even going to flags.<I> The player would lose the contest due to the stigma of having committed a prohibited act. [For those attentive to minutia, what is wrong with the above paragraph?]  </I>Now this player has a chance to win with kinsas without placing additional scores on the board.</div> <bR> <div> <B>SUMMARY</B></div> <bR> <div> After writing this article I do not know whether I have made any clearer the process one goes through in coming to a hantei decision.  What has taken me twenty years to develop, you are getting in as long as it takes you to read this article.</div> <bR> <div> You may read this article in minutes, but it will take you twenty years to fully comprehend it.</div> <bR> <div> With all the articles that I have written thus far, there is always a feeling that it should be held back, because there is something that wasn't included.  In each case, I know given more time that I would turn out a more complete view of each topic covered.  However, if this were allowed to happen this article would not have been released until the Spring of 1998. (Originally released in 1989)</div> <bR> <div> My hope is that what I may have forgotten will spark others to think of what else should be included in the judgement of hantei.  If these thoughts are sent in the form of questions from our serious readers and in the form of supportive or rebuttal articles by IJF-A referees, we then can truly begin some serious examination of the hantei process.</div> <bR> <div> At the IJF Level, the term "kinsa" does not exist.  It appears nowhere in the rules.  They use the word "attack" or "advantage".  Be aware of this.  <I>Understand that "kinsa" is crucial in the hantei process.</I></div> <bR> <div> The basis of the model developed in the article was my interpretation of what I have learned over many years of refereeing.  This model is utilized by many, however many more may have never seen it and still other equals feel that my view of the process is not accurate and too complicated.  When I have asked those too explain their process I have received the standard response of  "Give the decision to the superior player.  You know Judo."  This never did help me.</div> <bR> <div> To leave you with a true anecdote.  Sitting with a very senior referee observing the competition during a tournament I decided to ask him how many levels of kinsa his used in his judgement of hantei.  For me his response was shocking.  He stated that Kinsa is kinsa, there are no levels, all kinsa are the same! </div> <bR> <div> Approximately 20 minutes latter during a hotly contested match, White executed a beautiful seoi nage, which uke was lifted high into the air, but at the last moment like a cat, uke spun out completely to his front.  At that moment was my vindication, the senior referee uttered these words, <B>"That was a very strong kinsa"</B>.  I rest my case!  <B>"What is subconscious, I have revealed!"</B></div> <bR> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>2001 Clarification Examination     </B></div> <div> <B>October </B><B>Answers</B></div> <bR> <div> 13.      White with her right hand reaches over blue's left shoulder and grasps the back of blue's jacket just  above the belt without crossing over.  White's left hand is grasping blue's left sleeve in a normal manner.  White then with her right hand pulls some jacket out of the belt (about 5 inches) not completely and then regrips positioning the loose jacket material over the belt and grasps the belt.  How long can white maintain this grip without attacking?</div> <div> a.  5-8 seconds</div> <div> b.  20-30 seconds this is a normal kumi kata.  As the gi is covering the belt,      white is not actually touching the belt.</div> <div> c.   3-5 seconds</div> <div> d.   White can maintain this grip indefinitely as it is considered normal kumi kata.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  "C" is the best answer.  Actually as we generally know, all first offenses should go to the five-second mark.  Repeating the action will decrease the holding time.  As for "B".  I have actually had coaches, players and some referees tell me this action is perfectly legal.  This has never been the case.  If a contestant holds the belt covered with jacket or not that contestant has five seconds to hold that belt if they do not attack.</div> <div> "A" is much too long according to the 2001 rules.  "D" is obviously not correct.  This question is actually not a 2001 Rule Clarification.  Just thought I would throw an old one in to see if anyone has encountered such a situation.  I have many times.</div> <bR> <div> 14. The blue player executes an uchi mata and dives directly down, but his head clears the mat (does not touch) and he lands on the top of his shoulder blades throwing white with control.  What should the referee do in this case?</div> <div> a. Call a score other than Ippon.  This is to discourage this type of throwing position.</div> <div> b. Call a score for the throw.  The head did not hit the mat, therefore it wasn't dangerous.</div> <div> c. Stop the contest, award blue keikoku for the potentially dangerous throw.</div> <div> d. Stop the contest, consult the judges, then award hansoku make to blue.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  The correct answer is "D".  As you all know from the videotape and clinics even if tori's head does not touch, but he/she dives "directly down" the penalty must be given.  "B" was the correct answer a year ago for most of us.  This is not the case anymore.  "A" is in the test writing business a distracter.  Sounds good, but it is wrong.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>2001 Clarification Examination    </B></div> <div> <B> November Questions</B></div> <bR> <div> 15.     White starts the contest by gripping with her right hand blue's left lapel and not engaging the other hand to grip at about four seconds into that grip, she grasps with her left hand blue's right sleeve at the same time takes the lapel grip and changes it to a back grip crossing over the halfway line, she remains in this position for about 4-5 seconds and then changes to a two hands on the same side grip.  What should the referee do?</div> <div> a. About halfway into the cross back grip the referee should call Matte and penalize white with shido.  The first two grips were not normal kumi kata.  The accumulated time exceeded 5 seconds.</div> <div> b. The referee must allow the action to continue as each grip never reached 5 seconds.  Therefore, no penalty can be given.</div> <div> c. After white starts the third not normal grip stop the contest and give white a shido.</div> <div> d. After the third not normal grip (two hands on the same side) has reached 3-5 seconds, stop the contest and give white a shido.</div> <bR> <div> 16.     White grasps with his left hand the bottom of the end of the blue's right sleeve with a parallel grip (normal) closing off the end of the sleeve below the wrist.  What should the referee do?</div> <div> a. Allow the action to continue for five seconds and then stop the contest and penalize white with shido for not holding a normal grip.</div> <div> b. Allow the action to continue.</div> <div> c. Stop the contest immediately as this is an illegal grip and penalize white with shido.</div> <div> d. Stop the contest immediately because the white player is screwing up the sleeve, this is a shido penalty under article 29.9.</div> <bR> <div> Answers to 15 and 16 will be in the next Issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>OCTOBER ANSWERS</B></div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                             NUMBER ONE</B></div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto                                   </B></div> <bR> <div> 18. The referee calls a yuko that both judges signal koka. Before the referee sees the standing judges the contestants get immediately up off the ground and the same contestant throws his opponent with ippon.  What are the judges to do?</div> <div> a. Drop the koka signals and sit down immediately. The ippon nullifies the koka, and if they remain standing with the koka, the referee might think the ippon should be to koka.</div> <div> b. Drop the koka signals but remain standing.  The referee will have to call a conference at which the judges will inform the referee that he should change the yuko to a koka before awarding the win.  This should be done for accurate contest statistics.</div> <div>  c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the    attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  This is a tricky one.  This does not occur that often and the few times I have seen it, the players were World Class. You will get from reliable sources both "a" and "b" as responses.  For the Local and Regional events answer "a" would be the best answer.  Why complicate the situation, if the Ippon is called and the judges agree, just sit down.</div> <bR> <div> I have seen cases where the judges remained standing with the Koka and the referee changed the Ippon to a Koka.  Now the whole team looks foolish.  The judges have to now have a conference to tell the referee to change the Koka back to an Ippon and then change the Yuko down to a Koka.  The Spectators will laugh themselves out of their chairs.</div> <bR> <div> I even saw in one case where the judges remained standing with their Koka's, the referee changed the Ippon to Koka the judges sat down and the contest continued.  The coaches didn't even realize what had happened.  It was funny and very sad.</div> <bR> <div> Those wishing to follow the letter of the Law would consider "b" to be the best answer.  It is important that the judges drop the Koka signal so the referee doesn't make the mistake of changing the Ippon to Koka.  A quick conference will get the referee to change the Yuko to Koka and then the Referee can award the win.  From the coaches, players and spectators view this will look very strange and is a waste of time.  This is why most would chose "a" as the best answer.</div> <bR> <div> 19   The red/blue contestant throws for a yuko, the referee calls koka, as the judges stand with their yuko signals, the tori is moving in for kesa gatame.  What should be the proper response?   </div> <div>         a.  The referee should change the koka to yuko, then indicate Osaekomi.</div> <div>         b.  The referee should call Osaekomi, keeping the koka up, then change the koka to yuko in the proper fashion, so there is no time lost in the Osaekomi.</div> <div>         c.  The referee should call Osaekomi, then redo the koka signal without voice and then change it to yuko in the proper fashion</div> <div>        d.  The judges should not stand with their correction until after the Osaekomi</div> <div>              has been called.</div> <div>        e.  None of these are correct.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  "b" is the best answer.  Remember one of the cardinal rules "Present action takes precedence."  The change of a score can wait.  Keep the koka signal up, signal the Osaekomi, and hold it for the three seconds.  Then while the Koka signal is still up use the Osaekomi arm and signal a wave off and then change the Koka signal to a Yuko.  The referee will look smooth, in control and on top of the situation.</div> <div>  "c" can be a choice if the referee dropped the Koka signal while doing the osaekomi signal.  The referee may at that point while turning see that a judge is standing with a yuko gesture.  He would then have to confirm by observing the other judge.  At this point the Koka signal would have to be gestured again.  In this case the referee MUST NOT verbally announce the koka.  This would be very confusing and the Recorder may add an additional Koka to the scoreboard.  The referee while the koka gesture is up would use the other arm to do the waza off gesture and then with the koka arm make the yuko gesture while announcing Yuko.  All of this while the Osaekomi time is running.</div> <div> "a" is not so good.  The referee would miss 3- 5 seconds of the Osaekomi.  This is very bad.  However, it is painfully a very common occurrence.</div> <div> "d" would be very confusing and wrong in this case.</div> <bR> <div> 20. The red/blue contestant has a waza-ari.  The red/blue contestant throws his opponent, the referee calls ippon.  Both judges feel it is waza-ari. Not even close to an ippon.  What should the judges do?</div> <div> a. The judges should signal waza-ari and stand, so that the referee changes the mistaken ippon to waza-ari awasete ippon.  This is another case of accuracy of the contest record.</div> <div> b. The judges should have the presence of mind to not signal anything because the red/blue contestant has won the contest by ippon in either case, and to make the referee change would be inefficient, confusing and silly looking.</div> <div> c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  This is another messy situation.  For expediencies sake "b" would be the best answer.  Standing up and changing the Ippon to waza-ari would appear to be a waste of time and confusing.  This situation would test the skills of the judges.  We would be dealing with three types of judges in this situation.  The first would be the judge that wouldn't signal waza-ari, because his judgment of waza-ari and Ippon is still improving.  The second is the judge who calls the Waza-ari, but doesn't think of the consequences of his actions.  The third is the referee who knows that the throw was a Waza-ari, but realizes that calling waza-ari would be counter productive, confusing and a waste of time.  This third judge is the one with the higher level of experience.</div> <div> There are high level referees that would find "b" the wrong answer and would recommend "a" as the best answer.  They follow the letter of the law.  If a throw is a Waza-ari in the judge's mind and the referee calls Ippon, the judge must signal Waza-ari.  In every other case, I would agree with this, but if the thrower already has a waza-ari there, is no need to complicate the situation.</div> <bR> <div> 21. A contestant during tachi waza steps outside, the referee should immediately call Matte. What is the proper response from the judge in this situation?</div> <div> a. So as not to infringe on the referee's authority the judge should allow the referee the opportunity to call Matte, before the judge makes any signal.  Only after the judge feels that the referee has been given this opportunity should the judge make the outside gesture.</div> <div> b. As soon the contestant steps out the judge should begin the outside gesture in conjunction with the referee's call of matte.  If the referee calls matte on their own or utilizes the judge's input, it is important the judge signal outside immediately so that the coaches and spectators know the reason for the matte.</div> <div> c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> ANSWERS:  "b" is the best answer.  We as referees have been told time and time again that judges should NEVER make a gesture before the referee has an opportunity to make his/her gesture.  In most every other situation this is true.  </div> <div> However in edge situations, the judge MUST call the outside signal when they see the contestant step outside.  There is no need in this case to wait for the referee.  If the judge signals outside at the same time as the referee announces "Matte", this looks like good teamwork.  In this situation you would be correct in calling outside independently of the referee.  </div> <div> In every other case, the referee MUST be allowed to make the gesture and command before the judge signals a differing opinion.  It looks very poor for a judge to call a score for a throw before the referee.  This type of action destroys the team's cohesiveness.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> NOVEMBER QUESTIONS</div> <div> <B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY                                   NUMBER ONE</B>   </div> <div> <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto                                   </B></div> <bR> <div> 22. The referee calls Waza-ari, and the front judge signals yuko, but the back judge agrees with the referee.  What should be the proper procedure?</div> <div> a. The front judge should keep their yuko signal up for 3-5 seconds as the rules dictate, if the other judge doesn't agree, then the front judge should lower the yuko signal.</div> <div> b. The back judge having agreed with the referee should look at the front judge with the yuko signal and shake his head left to right and back indicating "NO" to the other judge, thus immediately indicating his agreement with the referee. The front judge seeing this slight headshake (side to side) would immediately drop their yuko signal.  This can be done in less than one second, and both judges can go back to concentrating on the contestants.</div> <div> c.    The back judge should immediately signal a waza-ari showing agreement with the referee. The front judge having seen this should immediately drop their yuko signal.  This can be done in less than one second, and both judge s can go back to concentrating on the contestants.</div> <div> d.   None of the above are correct.  See the attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 23. The referee indicates Koka on a score and the front judge indicates Waza-ari and the back judge indicates a Yuko. Which is the correct procedure to arrive at the final score?</div> <div> a. The referee's decision is final because there is not a majority of three decision.</div> <div> b. The judges stand with their different signals, the referee quickly looks at both judges and changes his signal to Yuko, the middle score.</div> <div> c. The judges, not agreeing to the same change, will drop their signals and stand.  The  referee will call a conference to discuss what score should be given.</div> <div> d. The judge with Waza-ari would immediately change to Yuko (the middle score) so it agrees with the back judge, then both should stand immediately.  The referee would change the score in the usual manner.</div> <div> e. The judge with Waza-ari would drop his signal, but both judges would stand, the back judge with the Yuko signal. When the front judge reaches the full standing position he would then indicate the Yuko signal. The referee would change the score in the usual manner.</div> <bR> <div> 24. What responsibility does the front judge have with regard to a throw done on the edge, between the contest and safety area?</div> <div> a. The front judge is directly responsible for calling in or out for the edges to their immediate left and right, calling the score from the throw and calling in or out on the other two edges.</div> <div> b. The front judge is responsible for calling in or out for the edges to their immediate left and right.</div> <div> c. The front judge is primarily responsible for calling in or out for the edges to their immediate left and right, and  secondarily responsible for calling the score from a throw, and calling in or out on the other two edges.</div> <div> d. The front judge is directly responsible for calling in or out for the edges to their immediate left and right, and  indirectly responsible for calling a score from the throw.</div> <div> e.  None of these are correct.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 25. If a contestant is injured, when should the judges get up and approach the injured contestant?</div> <div> a.  When the referee invites them up.</div> <div> b.  When the referee, signals for the medical personnel to come onto the competition area.</div> <div> c.  When the physician (medical personnel) comes onto the competition area.</div> <div> d.  When ever the judges feel that they are needed. It is determined on a case by case basis.</div> <div> e.  None of the above are adequate.  See attached sheet for comments.</div> <bR> <div> Answers for 22, 23, 24 and 25 will be in the Next Issue.</div> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][[][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]</div> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <div>  <A NAME="october_2001"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER                     October 2001 (V1N10)</div> <div>                                                         Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div> <B>DISCLAIMER</B></div> <bR> <div> The opinions and commentary expressed in this Newsletter on Interpretations, Clarifications, Reiterations and Changes of the rules is that of the author.  It may not necessarily be that of any National Organization.  This newsletter is not sanctioned or sponsored by any National Judo Organization.</div> <bR> <div> If any erroneous information is presented due to misunderstanding, misinterpretation or misinformation, as soon as I am made aware of it, the readers will be informed.</div> <bR> <div> Everyone must remember to confirm his or her understanding and clarify any confusion with your regional referee authority (State Referee Committee Chair, International Referee, etc.)</div> <bR> <div> If you have any questions with regard to the rules and refereeing, please direct them to <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com" TARGET="_top" TITLE="mailto:Shimpando@aol.com"><U><U>Shimpando@aol.com</U></U></A></FONT></div> <bR> <div> I will try to answer them.  Some of the questions may appear from time to time in this Newsletter.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> It would be advantageous to print this Newsletter out.  It will make it easier to understand and read at your leisure.  This Newsletter is also enclosed in a Word file as an attachment.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>National_Referee_Group</B></div> <bR> <div> The National Referee Group is open to all National and International Referees.  This group is restricted and is by invitation only.  I wanted to limit it to National and International Referees in order to elicit higher level discussions on the rules and refereeing in general.</div> <div> If you are interested, e-mail me and I will send you an invitation.  If you couldn't figure out how to sign up then email me and I will register you directly.  I will only register those who wish to be in the group.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Suggestion</B></div> <div> If you are with a paid service provider you have six or seven mailboxes.  You should activate a new box and send me that email address.  This will help to keep your main box uncluttered.</div> <div> You can sign up for a Yahoo Email address.  It is FREE.  I know there are many more companies offering free email addresses.</div> <bR> <div>  [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>SHIMPANDO WEB SITE  </B><FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" > </FONT></div> <bR> <div> There is now a Shimpando web site, which will be accessible for those National and International Referees, interested.  Several sections are still under construction.  This site contains the back issues of the Shimpando Newsletter along with several other interesting pages.  I would ask that you keep the address confidential.  This site should not be shared.  </div> <div> This site is with FortuneCity.  The draw back is that there are pop up advertising blocks.  These can be removed by clicking on the "X" at the top right corner of the POP UP boxes.</div> <div> Click on the blue title to go directly to the Website:</div> <div>  You will be hyperlinked directly to the Shimpando Web site.</div> <div>   The site address is: <FONT SIZE="3" COLOR="#0000FF" FACE="Arial" ><A HREF="http://nav.to/shimpando" TARGET="_top" TITLE="http://nav.to/shimpando"><U><U>http://nav.to/shimpando</U></U></A></FONT> if you wish to reach it on your own.</div> <div> For those interested, you can save this site address to your favorite list, for further visits.  Enjoy!</div> <div> <B>[NEW]</B></div> <div> The Shimpando Website has been updated with the   Latest Issue. </div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <div> <B>LATEST NEWS</B></div> <bR> <div> The USJI Referee Certification Subcommittee has changed its name to U.S. Referee Commission (USRC).  It will remain a subcommittee under the Standards and Certification Committee</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> Elections held within the U.S. Referee Commission</div> <div> Term  Fall 2001 - Fall 2003</div> <div> Chairman-                 Dr. Mel Appelbaum      unopposed</div> <div> Vice Chairman-        Dr. Martin Bregman     unopposed</div> <div> Secretary-                 Dr. Kei Narimatsu        unopposed</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>2001 Rule Changes</B></div> <div> There was some clarification to the back gripping situation.  If a contestant grasps with his right hand the "upper" left side of the back of his opponent's jacket over the shoulder this is considered normal kumi kata.  This is what we have been doing this past year.  If during action the grippers arm slides from over the shoulder to around the side of the arm this grip will be considered normal.  The grip must be on the upper 1/3 of the back.  This is similar to a player ducking his head causing the other player to have two hands on the same side.</div> <div> In those cases where a player grasped the back of the jacket on the "not normal" side and the jacket is loose enough that the player moves the jacket and grip to the "normal" side, the referee should consider this as not normal kumi kata as the grip was on the "not normal side of the back of the jacket.  </div> <bR> <div> If a player grasps the "normal" side of the back of the jacket behind or near the collar and if the jacket is loose enough so that the player moves the grip and jacket over to the "not normal side", the referee shall consider this to be "normal" kumi kata, because the grip was on the "normal" side of the back of the jacket.  This was reaffirmed by the USRC.</div> <bR> <div> Any part of a gripping players hand touching the center back line or the side demarcation lines makes this grip "normal" kumi kata.  This was reaffirmed by the USRC.</div> <bR> <div> There is still a great deal of controversy on the Cross back gripping and whether gripping under or over the arm from the side is normal or abnormal kumi kata.  It was reaffirmed by the majority of the USRC that gripping under and over the arm from the side will be considered abnormal kumi kata (3-5 seconds without attacking).</div> <div> It was reaffirmed by the USRC that the Pistol grip and Cat's Paw grip should be penalized immediately if they are utilized.  It was reaffirmed by the USRC that the one handed gripping would be considered abnormal kumi kata.</div> <bR> <div> <B>2002 Rules Changes and Clarifications</B></div> <bR> <div> The U.S. Referee Commission met prior to the U. S. Open held in Las Vegas, Nevada at their semiannual meeting.  During this meeting held October 11, 2001 discussion took place on how the "new" 2002 rule changes would be implemented.  The following was agreed upon by the members of the U.S. Referee Commission.</div> <bR> <div> <B>The Judogi Control Rule</B></div> <div> At the IJF level the Competitor and Coach will be responsible for their own Judogi.  If a competitor comes onto the mat with an illegal Judogi they will receive direct hansoku make.  </div> <div> In the United States, the USRC will NOT enforce this rule.  Referees at the Local, Regional and National level will continue to use the current rules with regard to Judogi control. </div> <div> If extra referees are available they will conduct a Judogi control prior to the competitors going onto the mat.  The referee and judges on the mat may have any competitor change his/her judogi if they feel it is not in accordance with the parameters outlined in Article 3.  Players and Coaches who travel Internationally, was be aware of the grave consequences of  not having a proper Judogi.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Kawazu gake</B></div> <div> At the IJF level this prohibited act will move from a Keikoku violation to a Hansoku make.  As this is very clearly stated the USRC agrees that this change will be adopted as of January 1, 2002 in the United States.</div> <div> There was however, statements made in IJF documents which were not clearly defined as to the nature of Kawazu gake and the use of the entwining leg in other throwing techniques.  The USRC has agreed that in the United States we will continue to use the standard definition of Kawazu gake.  Therefore, any entwining that occurs in any other throws would be considered valid.</div> <div> Until the IJF provides a clear definition of any significant changes in our understanding of Kawazu gake, we will continue to apply this violation as we have in the past.  As this illegal technique is quite rare, most referees will not have the occasion to deal with this situation.</div> <bR> <div> <B>Limitation of Hand Gestures.</B></div> <div> At the IJF level they will be combining all invalid gripping prohibited acts into one hand gesture.  All negative judo prohibited acts will be indicated by one gesture.  The Non-combativity, False Attack, Stepping Outside gestures will remain.  The reason for this action was that there were too many hand gestures and it was not spectator friendly.</div> <div> The USRC voted NOT to adopt these limited hand gestures.  In the United States we will continue to use the standard gestures we have used in the past.</div> <div> Most coaches, competitors and referees at all levels after hearing about this "change" could only see chaos for those that do the Judo.  The major majority (90% present) of the U.S. Referee Commission agreed that limiting the gestures would cause a great many confusing situations.  Therefore, we in the United States will continue to use the gestures as we have in the past.</div> <bR> <div> <B>International Referees</B></div> <div> For those referees who are selected to officiate at International events outside the United States you will have to apply the "IJF Rules".  You will have to adapt and therefore should become familiar with the "new" gestures and which prohibited acts belong to what gestures.  You will have to apply the rules as the local international "authority" deems appropriate.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <bR> <div> <B>[PART FOUR OF FIVE]</B></div> <bR> <div> Previously, I covered the Unrecorded Score Scale and how it was to be applied. </div> <bR> <div> <B>HANTEI!      (Part four)</B></div> <div> <B>by Mr. Richard J. Celotto, IJF-A</B></div> <bR> <div> <B>EQUAL SCORES</B></div> <bR> <div> Is one yuko better than another yuko when making a hantei decision?  Have you ever been asked that question?  Have you ever thought of taking this into account in your judgement process?</div> <bR> <div> In my survey, I asked several IJF-A referees, in a close contest would they consider one yuko being stronger than another yuko.  Surprisingly, the majority said, "yes", but only in a very, very close hantei decision.</div> <bR> <div> The kinsa advantage for both players would have to be very close if the referee begins to consider whether one yuko is stronger than another.  <I>This includes all koka, yuko and waza-ari.</I></div> <bR> <div> The difference in the yukos themselves would have to be significant in order to make an impression on the referee's judgement.  As the scope of the score yuko is very wide, there can be a significant difference between yuko type scores.</div> <bR> <div> Very few contests are judged that closely and contain significantly different yukos.  It is more the exception that one takes into account the differences in the strength of similar calls when making a hantei decision.  It is the exception only because it occurs so infrequently.</div> <bR> <div> <B>NE-WAZA</B></div> <bR> <div> Ne-waza for a time was considered by some not to have any affect on superiority, in some places it went the other way.  Let me make clear to everyone:  <B>There is no such thing as riding time</B>. </div> <bR> <div> <I>Riding time is a wrestling term used for a player who has the top position when players are on the ground.  In wrestling this counts as an advantage.  In Judo the player on the bottom can be the one in the advantageous position.  Therefore, a player being on top, holds no advantage in Judo.  This top position is so insignificant it should not be even considered as a nuisance kinsa (K0).</I></div> <bR> <div> Riding time has no place in the decision making process for deciding a winner in hantei. Just because one player is on top of another doesn't mean they're in an advantageous position.  So, if you thought that riding time was a criterion, forget about it right now.</div> <bR> <div> Good ne-waza can be an advantage as was described in the different level of kinsa.  However, we would need videotape examples to further clarify what is effective and advantageous in ne-waza.  It is simpler to give you an example of what should not happen!</div> <bR> <div> Blue attacks White and knocks him down with a level 3 attack, White takes the top position and begins trying to turn Blue over to no avail.  The referee allows the ne-waza to go on for 30 seconds to 45 seconds before calling Matte and making the contestants stand up.  When they start again, Blue again attacks White this time with a level 2 kinsa attack, White follows Blue down and again begins ne-waza from the top position and tries to turn Blue over to his back with little success.  Again the referee allows the ne-waza to continue for 30 to 45 seconds and the contest ends.  Who wins?</div> <bR> <div> From the stands, to the uninitiated, it looks like White was "in control" in groundwork for at least half if not more than half the three minute contest.  The decision goes to Blue!  The referee should be shot.</div> <bR> <div> Yes, the referee should be shot for permitting something futile to continue excessively and thus misleading the audience.  <I>This is not condoning refereeing to please the audience.  The players dictate the direction of action on the mat, the referee must develop a better sense to understand  "progress" in ne-waza.</I>  The referee needs to understand groundwork a whole lot better.  If a player can't do anything or doesn't look like he is going to get anywhere, then Matte should be called.  If it happens again, he should break it up even faster.  <I>From the previous experience he knows that players capability in ne-waza. </I></div> <bR> <div> During a three-minute contest, or five if no scores have been given, ne-waza is not the place on which to make your decision, especially if the play is non-productive.  If one contestant doesn't have it (skill), then get them up.  Your decision should be made on tachi waza. If a score is on the board, then mediocre ne-waza can be tolerated for a little longer than usual.</div> <bR> <div> The referee in the above contest made it look like White should have won.  This really is a problem we have in many parts of the country.  This doesn't mean that you should go out and break up all groundwork going on.  It seems some referees break up ne-waza much too fast.  The referee must be very careful if a contestant is gaining an advantage, that they be allowed to continue.  However, if the contestants are getting no where, then ne-waza must be stopped.  This is difficult to put into words.  We hope that future videotape examples will help better clarify what the differences are between effective groundwork and non-progressive groundwork.</div> <bR> <div> <B>OTHER PARAMETERS</B></div> <bR> <div> What if all the attacks are even in the official's mind.  That is all regular kinsa scale scores are even, all unrecorded score scale is even, all equal called scores are even and equal.  What now is taken into account to determine the winner?</div> <bR> <div> We call it attitude.  It is a combination of a lot of basic things - courtesy, etiquette, fighting spirit, aggressiveness, style, Sportspersonship and I am sure a lot of other basics, which make a good Judoka.</div> <bR> <div> As far as courtesy is concerned, this may include a contestant allowing the other contestant to tuck his jacket bottom in his belt before attacking.  If an opponent is getting up from the ground and has his back to the other contestant, that contestant waits until the player turns before engaging him.  Accepting penalties politely, even with a slight bow. </div> <bR> <div> With regard to etiquette, the referee looks at how the players bow, how they treat each other in an injury situation.  Do the players walk behind the referee when returning to their starting positions?   Do they walk behind the judge when walking on and off the competition area?  Do the contestants wait for the referee to signal them to dress or do they take it upon themselves to adjust their uniforms?</div> <bR> <div> Courtesy and etiquette can be placed in the general category of Sportspersonship.</div> <bR> <div> Fighting spirit probably holds the most weight.  This is a contestant who is constantly attacking.  Even when getting up from groundwork, he gets up like lightning, bounces around and charges.  When Matte is called, he rushed back to his starting position and is immediately ready to go.  This is as opposed to a player who takes 15 seconds to get up from groundwork because he is tired.  This is not an indication of good fighting spirit.</div> <bR> <div> The problem is the player can have all this energy and enthusiasm, but if his attacks are ineffective, no kinsa are scored.  This fighting spirit will only win if the effective attack category is even.  This rarely occurs.  Aggressiveness may be included in the fighting spirit category.  This is an important part of fighting spirit.</div> <bR> <div> Style is the last category, which I will define.  That is the contestant's posture, movement, gripping, body turns, etc.  Does the player move like a Judo player?  Those who know Judo, know there is a significant difference in what we call finesse Judo and Power Judo.  This, in many referee's minds makes a sub-conscious determination as to who is the better Judo player.</div> <bR> <div> There are many times when I am out on the mat and I am admiring Blue's style, until White skies and plants him at my feet.  In my mind Blue had a better style of Judo, but White was the more effective player.  </div> <bR> <div> Each referee perceives what he believes to be the artistry of Judo.  In Blue's case, he moved in my opinion as I expect a good Judo player to move.  Whereas, White had a choppy and rough style with an excessive amount of strength displayed.  True, White picks Blue up and plants him for a full point.  True, White wins the contest with an impressive throw.  But, it is also true that Blue had a better style of Judo in my opinion.  This admiration of the quality of play is what makes Judo, Judo.  Whites beautiful throw also makes judo, judo.</div> <bR> <div> In my opinion, those who understand what I am talking about, understand Judo better than those who can't understand why blue could be a "better" player, when White threw him.</div> <bR> <div> Too many people are not learning Judo, they are learning the shell of Judo.  All of us involved in real Judo teach competitive Judo as it is an integral part of the sport.  Judo is considered officially by the International Judo Federation (IJF) not to be a martial art, but an international sport played around the World.  However, Judo is Judo. </div> <bR> <div> As much as I wish to make the sport more popular by making changes that will help people understand how the sport works, I still face a major dilemma when people talk about using points for koka and yuko so they add up to ippon.  When Judo philosophically changes from quality to quantity, Judo is not Judo anymore.  This is why there is strong pressure from many of the higher level people  in Judo not to adopt a point system, even though it has been introduced several times.</div> <bR> <div> The final part of "HANTEI" will be in the November Issue.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>2001 Clarification Examination  </B></div> <div> <B>(September Issue Answers) </B></div> <bR> <div> 10.      Blue with his right hand grasps white's jacket collar directly behind the neck.  Blue proceeds to lift that grip and move the hand and collar about 4 inches to blue's left.  The grip is now on the right side of white's neck.  How long can blue maintain this grip before a penalty is due? </div> <div> 3-5 seconds</div> <div> 5-8 seconds</div> <div> 20-30 seconds</div> <div> As long as he wants.</div> <bR> <div> Answer:     As explained in the Latest News section above C would be the best answer.  As the grip was a "normal grip" to start with this grip would be considered "normal kumi kata".</div> <bR> <div>    11.  The blue player hooks his right instep (top of the foot) behind white's right knee (a high ko uchi gari position) and maintains it.  How long can blue maintain this position without attacking?</div> <div> a. As long as he wants.</div> <div> b. 20-30 seconds</div> <div> c. 5-8 seconds</div> <div> d. 3-5 seconds</div> <bR> <div> Answer:  D is the best answer.  This position is not considered "normal" by the IJF and should be penalized.</div> <bR> <div>     12.  White grasps with her right hand, the end of blue's right sleeve in a normal (parallel) grip.  White then reaches with her left hand over blue's right shoulder and grasps the back of blue's jacket on  blue's left side (crossing over the spine).  How long can white maintain this grip without attacking?</div> <div> a. This Russian grip is immediately illegal.</div> <div> b. 3-5 seconds</div> <div> c. As white is gripping one hand on each side 20-30 seconds</div> <div> d. 5-8 seconds</div> <bR> <div> Answer:  B is the best answer.  Where white's right handed grip is a valid kumi kata, when white crossed over the spine to grasped the back of the jacket, they engaged in a not normal kumi kata.  This means that the gripper can maintain that grip for 5 seconds without attacking.  If the gripper were to attack every 5 seconds she could maintain that grip.</div> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>2001 Clarification Examination  </B></div> <div> <B>(October Issue Questions ) </B></div> <bR> <bR> <div>      13.  White with her right hand reaches over blue's left shoulder and grasps the back of blue's jacket just  above the belt without crossing over.  White's left hand is grasping blue's left sleeve in a normal manner.  White then with her right hand pulls some jacket out of the belt (about 5 inches) not completely and then regrips positioning the loose jacket material over the belt and grasps the belt.  How long can white maintain this grip without atta cking?</div> <div> a. 5-8 seconds</div> <div> b. 20-30 seconds this is a normal kumi kata.  As the gi is covering the belt, white is not actually touching the belt.</div> <div> c.  3-5 seconds</div> <div> d. White can maintain this grip indefinitely as it is considered normal kumi kata.</div> <bR> <div> 14. The blue player executes an uchi mata dives directly down, but his head clears the mat and he lands on the top of his shoulder blades throwing white with control.  What should the referee do in this case?</div> <div> a. Call the score other than Ippon.  This is to discourage this type of throwing position.</div> <div> b. Call a score for the throw.  The head did not hit the mat therefore it wasn't dangerous.</div> <div> c. Stop the contest, award blue keikoku for the potentially dangerous  throw.</div> <div> d. Stop the contest, consult the judges, then award hansoku make to blue.</div> <bR> <div> Answers to 13 and 14 will be in the November Issue.</div> <bR> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>SEPTEMBER ISSUE ANSWERS</B></div> <div> <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY     NUMBER ONE</B></FONT>   <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto                                          (04/95)</B></div> <bR> <bR> <div> 14. The referee calls yuko and both judges indicate koka. What is the proper procedure in dealing with this situation?</div> <div> a.  When the judges agree they should remain seated, so when the referee quarter turns he will see the seated judge with the koka signal, he will then turn his head "intentional  looking" or body in order to observe the other judge to see if he also has a koka up, he would then change the yuko to koka.</div> <div> b.  When the judges agree they should immediately stand up with the koka signal.  When the referee quarter turns the yuko and observes the standing judge with koka, he knows immediately  that the other judge has agreed to koka and the referee need not waste time to check the other judge, he would immediately make his correction.</div> <div>      c.    Neither of these methods is proper.  I have expanded on the attached sheet of paper.</div> <bR> <div> Answer:  The best answer is c.  A is almost correct, except for the part of the "intentional looking".  The "better" referee will never in these cases make any deliberate head turn to observe a judge's different  opinion.  After having seen the one judge with a different hand signal in their normal field of vision.  The better referee would turn their body in such a way as to subtlety observe with their peripheral vision the other judges' opinion.  Some higher level referees do not feel this subtleness is necessary.</div> <div> Personally, B is actually the best answer.  However, we cannot do this as it is currently not the method endorsed by the IJF.</div> <bR> <div> 15. A throw occurs and the referee calls yuko and the judges call koka, but the contestants go to ne-waza and the action is very fast and critical, there are instances when the referee doesn't take the time to check the judges, not even the standing judges.  What should the judges do?</div> <div> a.   Remain standing with the changed signal until the fast action ne-waza is over.</div> <div> b. Follow the stated rules and one of the judges should approach the referee and gain his attention, so that the change can be completed.</div> <div> c. The judges after having stood, recognize that the referee is fully concentrating on the fast action ne-waza, and the judges knowing that if one of them approaches it may frighten the referee and he might call matte in error (which has happened on many occasions), should sit back down until the there is a break in the action, and then stand to have a conference about the change.</div> <div> d. The judges after having stood, recognize that the referee is fully concentrating on the fast action ne-waza, and the judges knowing that if one of them approaches it may startle the referee and he might call matte in error (which has happened on many occasions), should sit back down until there is a break in the action, and then stand with the corrected gesture so that the referee can correct the score board.</div> <div> e.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> Answer:  The answer is "b".  If the team of officials are good, then the referee, even during a very active ne-waza situation should have noticed the judges changed signals.  If the judges are not noticed sitting then they should after 5 seconds stand with their changed signals.  If the referee has not noticed them at this point, then the closest judge should approach with their signal up.  </div> <div> In weaker teams, I have seen referees so wrapped up in watching the ne-waza, they do not see the judges.  When the judge finally approaches the referee, I have seen many times the referee say "Matte" in error.  Between "c" and "d", "c" is a better answer if it were a choice.  If the judges stood with their changed signals as suggested after the ne-waza flurry was over, the referee wouldn't have a clue as to why the judges would be standing.  The action they are correcting would have taken place 15-20-30-45 seconds before they stood with their corrected signals.  "A" would not be a very good answer.  The judges would remain standing for too long a time.</div> <bR> <div> 16. Can a judge, seeing something he knows is wrong STAND by himself without the agreement of the other judge?</div> <div>      a.  Yes!  It better be for a very valid reason.</div> <div>      b.  No!   He must get the other judges agreement before standing.</div> <div> Answer:  A is the best answer.  If a judge does provide an "unsolicited opinion", it better be for a very good reason.  It is generally, frowned upon to interfere during a contest for minor matters.</div> <bR> <div> 17. A throw is executed on the edge and the uke lands in the safety area. What should the referee do if the referee is sure the throw was in?</div> <div>      a.  Wait for the judges input on  "in or out" before calling the score. This </div> <div>            shows teamwork.</div> <div> b. Call the score immediately and deal with the judges' difference of opinion after the score has been awarded. </div> <div> c. Call the score immediately and if the judge indicates the throw was out, wave off the score.</div> <div> d. This should be handled on a case by case basis.</div> <div> e. This is a case where the referee must use his judgment to determine the best course of action.                                                                  CELOTTO</div> <div> Answer:  The best answer is "b".  You are the referee. If you are sure beyond doubt that a throw was in then call it.  You do not need to consult the judges before giving a call.  However, if there is even the slightest doubt, then consulting the judge would be the prudent course of action. </div> <div> "A" is nice but shows a weak referee.  "C" would be devastating to the referees credibility and destroy the teams integrity. "D" and "E" are answers giving by those who are zen masters of judo protocol or have not a clue of how they handle this situation.  They are answers that provide no guidance and reveal no knowledge.</div> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <bR> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> <B>OCTOBER QUESTIONS</B></div> <div> <FONT SIZE="4" COLOR="#000000" FACE="Arial" ><B>IJF RULE CLARIFICATION INVENTORY     NUMBER ONE</B></FONT>   <B>Developed by  Mr. Richard J. Celotto                                                (04/95)</B></div> <bR> <bR> <div> 18. The referee calls a yuko that both judges signal koka. Before the referee sees the standing judges the contestants get immediately up off the ground and the same contestant throws his opponent with ippon.  What are the judges to do?</div> <div> a. Drop the koka signals and sit down immediately. The ippon nullifies the koka, and if they remain standing with the koka, the referee might think the ippon should be to koka.</div> <div> b. Drop the koka signals but remain standing.  The referee will have to call a conference at which the judges will inform the referee that he should change the yuko to a koka before awarding the win.  This should be done for accurate contest statistics.</div> <div>           c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> 19.   The red/blue contestant throws for a yuko, the referee calls koka, as the judges stand with their yuko signals, the tori is moving in for kesa gatame.  What should be the proper response?   </div> <div>         a.  The referee should change the koka to yuko, then indicate Osaekomi.</div> <div>         b.  The referee should call Osaekomi, keeping the koka up, then change the koka to yuko in the proper fashion, so there is no time lost in the Osaekomi.</div> <div>         c.  The referee should call Osaekomi, then redo the koka signal without voice and then change it to yuko in the proper fashion</div> <div>        d.  The judges should not stand with their correction until after the Osaekomi has been called.</div> <div>        e.  None of these are correct.  See attached sheet.</div> <bR> <div> 20. The red/blue contestant has a waza-ari.  The red/blue contestant throws his opponent, the referee calls ippon.  Both judges feel it is waza-ari. Not even close to an ippon.  What should the judges do?</div> <div> a. The judges should signal waza-ari and stand, so that the referee changes the mistaken ippon to waza-ari awasete ippon.  This is another case of accuracy of the contest record.</div> <div> b. The judges should have the presence of mind to not signal anything because the red/blue contestant has won the contest by ippon in either case, and to make the referee change would be inefficient, confusing and silly looking.</div> <div>        c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div> 21. A contestant during tachi waza steps outside, the referee should immediately call Matte. What is the proper response from the judge in this situation?</div> <div> a. So as not to infringe on the referee's authority the judge should allow the referee the opportunity to call Matte, before the judge makes any signal.  Only after the judge feels that the referee has been given this opportunity should the judge make the outside gesture.</div> <div> b. As soon the contestant steps out the judge should begin the outside gesture in conjunction with the referee's call of matte.  If the referee calls matte on their own or utilizes the judge's input, it is important the judge signal outside immediately so that the coaches and spectators know the reason for the matte.</div> <div>      c.  None of these responses are adequate enough.  I will explain on the attached paper.</div> <bR> <div>      Answers for 18, 19, 20 and 21 will be in the November Issue.</div> <bR> <bR> <div> END</div> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <div> [][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][][]][][][][][][]</div> <div>  <A NAME="september_2001"><IMG BORDER="0" SRC="1x1.gif" HEIGHT="1" ALIGN="bottom" WIDTH="1" HSPACE="0" VSPACE="0" ></A></div> <DIV ALIGN="LEFT"></DIV> <div> SHIMPANDO (The Way of the Referee)</div> <div> NATIONAL REFEREE NEWSLETTER              September 2001 (V1N9)</div> <div>                                                         Mr. Richard J. Celotto</div> <bR> <div> This National Referee Newsletter will be sent to those interested National referees.  If you are aware of other National referees who did not receive this newsletter and wish to, please send their e-mail.  I can not send this newsletter to any other interested parties.</div> <bR> <div>